Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 395

Service

Maintenance
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
Maintenance

Heading
1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501
2. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501
3. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061502
4. Special torque tightening figures BIN 060101
5. Tyre pressures Continental GT
6. Special workshop tools BIN 003501
7. Consumables BIN 01
8. Special workshop tools BIN 000012
9. Special workshop tools BIN 090900
10. Transit bag supporting documents
11. Body repair workshop tools
12. Coolant specification
13. Maintenance schedules

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2015 Bentley Motors Limited D3E8034EED3


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Contents
1 Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3 Special torque tightening figures BIN 061502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
4 Special torque tightening figures BIN 060101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
5 Tyre pressures Continental GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
6 Special workshop tools BIN 003501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
7 Consumables BIN 01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
8 Special workshop tools BIN 000012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
9 Special workshop tools BIN 090900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
10 Transit bag supporting documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
10.1 Transit bag removal process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
11 Body repair workshop tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
12 Coolant specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
13 Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
13.1 Bentley Continental workshop tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
13.2 Diagnostic tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
13.3 001 PDI other than Japan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
13.4 002 PDI Japan only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
13.5 003 6 week check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
13.6 01 Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
233
13.7 02 Years . . . . with
any liability . . . respect
. . . . .to. .the
. .correctness
. . . . . . . of. .information
. . . . . . .in. this
. . .document.
............................ 234
13.8 03 Years . . . . . . . . . . .Copyright
. . . . . . by. .Bentley
. . . . .Motors.
........................................ 236
13.9 04 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
13.10 05 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
13.11 06 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
13.12 07 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
13.13 08 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
13.14 09 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
13.15 10 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
13.16 11 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
13.17 12 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
13.18 13 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
13.19 14 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
13.20 15 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
13.21 16 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
13.22 17 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
13.23 18 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
13.24 19 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
13.25 20 Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
13.26 Active rear aerofoil operation - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
13.27 Affix the vehicle information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
13.28 Air cleaner element - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
13.29 Air suspension - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
13.30 Batteries - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
13.31 Body underseal and body paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
13.32 Bodyshell drains - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
13.33 Bonnet latch lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
13.34 Brake fluid - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
13.35 Brake hoses front - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
13.36 Brake hoses rear - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
13.37 Carbon canister - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Contents i
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.38 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car for satisfactory performance and
condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
13.39 Central locking /Anti-theft alarm system - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
13.40 Check the brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
13.41 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
13.42 Check the condition and operation of all lamp, switches and horns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
13.43 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
13.44 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
13.45 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension mounts for leaks and damage . . 307
13.46 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
13.47 Check the condition of the tyre pressure sensor batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
13.48 Check the condition, position and mounting of the exhaust system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
13.49 Check the contents of the tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
13.50 Check the learning process of the tyre pressure monitoring (TPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
13.51 Check the learning process of the tyre pressure monitoring (TPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
13.52 Check the steering column operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
13.53 Checking the thickness of brake pads with wheels fitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
13.54 Engine cooling system - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
13.55 Driver Instrument Panel (DIP) - Warning lamp symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
13.56 Engine drive belt - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
13.57 Engine oil (W12 twin turbo) - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
13.58 Engine oil and filter (W12 twin turbo) - To renew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
13.59 Filter (leak detection pump) - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
13.60 Front screening panel - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
13.61 Fuel filler door - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
13.62 Fuel filter (Unleaded fuel) - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
13.63 Fuel system - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
13.64 HVAC system - To reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
13.65 Induction system leaks - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
13.66 Infotainment system - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
13.67 Inspect the under bonnet/underside area of the car for leaks and check the security of hoses,
unions and clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
13.68 Integrated key battery - To replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
13.69 Interior trim - To inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
13.70 Jack mode - To set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
13.71 Main systems battery - Reconnection after receipt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
13.72 Mirrors - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
13.73 Navigation disc - To load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
13.74 Park heater remote batteries - To renew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
13.75 Passenger air bag cut-off lamp - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
13.76 PDC system - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
13.77 Plenum cover - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
13.78 Pollen filters - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
13.79 Power steering hydraulic fluid level - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
13.80 Raising and supporting the car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
13.81 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
13.82 Ribbed drive belt (W12 twin turbo) - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
13.83 Seat belts - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
13.84 Seat belts - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
13.85 Service indicator light / DIP Language - To reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
13.86 Service schedule record book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
13.87 Shipping/Transport mode - Ride height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
13.88 Spark plugs (W12 twin turbo) - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
13.89 Steering system - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
13.90 Transmission fluid level - To drain, replenish, renew, check and top-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
13.91 Trip counter - To reset . . . . . . Protected
. . . . . . by
. . copyright.
. . . . . .Copying
. . . . .for
. .private
. . . . or
. . commercial
. . . . . . .purposes,
. . . . . .in. part
. . .or. .in 377
whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
ii Contents Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.92 Tyre pressure transmitter - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377


13.93 Washer system - To fill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
13.94 Windscreen wash/wipe and headlamp wash - To check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
13.95 Windscreen wiper blades - Set service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
13.96 Wiper blades - To remove and fit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
13.97 Wireless pressure reader (WiPR) - WT10327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Contents iii
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

iv Contents
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

1 Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501


Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501
Component Nm kgf m lbf ft Graphic
Starter Battery -ve cable additional clamp 6 0,6 4.4 ⇒ page 1 #BY27-21342
Main sys Battery -ve cable additional clamp 6 0,6 4.4 ⇒ page 2 #BY27-21342
Battery junction box M8 nuts 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 2 #BY27-22040
Starter cable M8 nut (junction box) 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 2 #BY27-24855
Battery management CM nut to bracket 4.5 0,45 3 ⇒ page 3 #BY27-24845
LHS Fusebox bracket nuts to BIW 4.5 0,45 3 ⇒ page 3 #BY97-21177
Amplifier bracket nuts to BIW 6 0,6 4.4 ⇒ page 3 #BY91-22054
Battery cable nuts to solenoid 15 1,5 11 ⇒ page 4 #BY27-21343
Solenoid bracket to BIW 6 0,6 4.4 ⇒ page 4 #BY27-24846
RHS Battery earth M8 nut 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 4 #BY27-24853
Main system Battery +ve cable M8 nut 9 0,9 6.6 ⇒ page 5 #BY27-21158
Starter Battery +ve cable M8 nut 9 0,9 6.6 ⇒ page 5 #BY27-21345
Starter cable M8 nut (sec bulkhead) 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 5 #BY27-21081
Alternator cable M8 nut (sec bulkhead) 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 6 #BY27-21081
Starter Battery -ve cable M8 dome nut 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 6 #BY27-24853
Main system Battery -ve cable M8 dome nut 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 6 #BY27-24854
Battery clamping M8 x 95mm Bolt 15 1,5 11 ⇒ page 7 #BY27-24842
Solenoid M6 nut to solenoid bracket 6 0,6 4.4 ⇒ page 7 #BY27-22039
LHS Damping shield nut to BIW 2 0,2 1.5
RHS Damping shield nut to BIW 2 0,2 1.5
LHS Battery upper M6 earth 9 0,9 6.6
LHS Battery lower M6 earth 9 0,9 6.6
Cable M8 nut gearbox to body RHS 20 2,0 14.8 ⇒ page 7 #BY27-24851
Cable M8 nut gearbox to body engine 20 2,0 14.8
Bulkhead stud box M8 nuts - Cabin side 12 1,2 9 ⇒ page 8 #BY99-29550
Bulkhead stud box M8 nuts - Engine compartment 12 1,2 9 ⇒ page 8 #BY99-29551

BY27-21342

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501 1


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY27-21342

BY27-22040

BY27-24855

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
2 1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY27-24845

BY97-21177

BY91-22054

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501 3


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY27-21343

BY27-24846

BY27-24853

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

4 1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY27-21158

BY27-21345

BY27-21081

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501 5


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY27-21081

BY27-24853

BY27-24854

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

6 1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY27-24842

BY27-22039

BY27-24851

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501 7


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY99-29550

BY99-29551

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

8 1. Special torque tightening figures BIN 091501


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

2 Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501


Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501
Component Nm kgf m lbf ft Angle Graphic
Bolts - Front brake caliper to upright 190 19,4 140 - ⇒ page 9 #BY40-21321
Bolts - Caliper to anchor (CSiC brakes) 150 15,3 110.6 - ⇒ page 9 #BY46-24733
Guide pins - Front brake caliper (Iron brakes) 28 2,8 20.6 - ⇒ page 10 #BY46-21334
Brake pipe (11) - Connection to brake caliper 15 1,5 11 - ⇒ page 10 #BY46-21003
Brake pipe (9) - Connection to brake hose 15 1,5 11 - ⇒ page 10 #BY46-21003
Bolt (13) - Bracket mounting to caliper 22 2,2 16 - ⇒ page 11 #BY46-21003
C/sunk screw - Brake disc retaining 4 0,4 2.9 - ⇒ page 11 #BY46-22009

BY40-21321

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

BY46-24733

2. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501 9


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY46-21334

BY46-21003

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

BY46-21003

10 2. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY46-21003

BY46-22009

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

2. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061501 11


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3 Special torque tightening figures BIN 061502


Special torque tightening figures BIN 061502
Component Nm kgf m lbf ft Angle Graphic
Bolts - Rear brake caliper to (steel) upright 90 9,2 66.4 + 90° ⇒ page 12 #BY47-22018
Bolts - Rear brake caliper to (aluminium) upright 100 10,2 74 + 105° ⇒ page 12 #BY47-22018
Bolts - Brake caliper fist retaining 35 3,6 25.8 - ⇒ page 13 #BY46-21152
Brake pipe (8) - Connection to brake hose 14 1,4 10.3 - ⇒ page 13 #BY46-21002
C/sunk screw - Brake disc retaining 4 0,4 2.9 - ⇒ page 13 #BY46-22009
Screws - EPB actuator motors to rear caliper 12 1,2 8.8 - ⇒ page 14 #BY42-21989
Brake pipe (8) - Connection to brake caliper 20 2,0 14.7 - ⇒ page 14 #BY46-21002

BY47-22018

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
BY47-22018 permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

12 3. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061502


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY46-21152

BY46-21002

BY46-22009

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does3.not guarantee
Special or tightening
torque
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
accept figures BIN 061502 13
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY42-21989

BY46-21002

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

14 3. Special torque tightening figures BIN 061502


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

4 Special torque tightening figures BIN 060101


Special torque tightening figures BIN 060101
Component Nm kgf m lbf ft Graphic
Bolts - Wheel to hub assembly 145 14,8 107 ⇒ page 15 #BY44-24689
Metal valve (Non Supersports) 4 0,4 2.9 ⇒ page 15 #BY44-24663
Metal valve (Supersports only) 6 0,6 4.4 ⇒ page 16 #BY44-24663
Bolts - Hubcap to wheel 4.5 0,45 3.3 ⇒ page 16 #BY44-24660

BY44-24689

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

BY44-24663

4. Special torque tightening figures BIN 060101 15


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY44-24663

BY44-24660

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

16 4. Special torque tightening figures BIN 060101


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

5 Tyre pressures Continental GT


Tyre pressures Continental GT
Speed Front (kPa) Front (bar) Front (lbf/in²) Rear (kPa) Rear (bar) Rear (lbf/in²)
Up to 200 km/h (124 mph) 240 2.4 35 210 2.1 30
Up to 270 km/h (168 mph) 290 2.9 42 240 2.4 35
Over 270 km/h (168 mph) 340 3.4 49 280 2.8 40
Temporary spare wheel up to 80 420 4.2 60 420 4.2 60
km/h (50 mph)
Winter tyre maximum speed 240 320 3.2 46 290 2.9 42
km/h (149 mph)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

5. Tyre pressures Continental GT 17


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

6 Special workshop tools BIN 003501


Special workshop tools BIN 003501
Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet loca‐
tion
V160 V160 Navigation CM re‐ ⇒ page 18 #BY91-24891
moval tool
3316 3316 Autochanger removal ⇒ page 19 #BY91-24895 A18
tool
WT 10006 WT 10006 Language CD for In‐ ⇒ page 19 #BY91-25256
fotainment set-up
(CD based navigation
systems)
WT 10167 WT 10167 Language CD for In‐ ⇒ page 19 #BY91-25256
fotainment set-up
(DVD based naviga‐
tion systems)
3W0919887C 3W0919887C Navigation CM (To ⇒ page 20 #BY91-25313
update Japanese In‐
fotainment software)
WT 10121 WT 10121 Loom navigation
Protected by copyright. Ja‐ or
Copying for private ⇒ commercial
page 20 purposes,
#BY91-25314
in part or in whole, is not
panauthorised
permitted unless (To update Japa‐
by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
nesewith
any liability infotainment
respect to the correctness of information in this document.
software) Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT 10122 WT 10122 Software update CD ⇒ page 20 #BY91-25315


(To update Japanese
infotainment soft‐
ware)
T 10039/1 T 10039/1 Trim removal tool ⇒ page 21 #BY91-25316 A13

BY91-24891

18 6. Special workshop tools BIN 003501


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY91-24895

BY91-25256

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

BY91-25256

6. Special workshop tools BIN 003501 19


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY91-25313

BY91-25314

BY91-25315

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

20 6. Special workshop tools BIN 003501


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY91-25316

6. Special workshop tools BIN 003501 21


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

7 Consumables BIN 01
Consumables BIN 01
Application Type Manufacturer Product name Bentley part number Unit of measure
Engine filling Synthetic multi‐ Mobil Mobil1 0W-40 PY112988PA 1 litre
grade engine oil
Engine filling Synthetic multi‐ Mobil Mobil1 0W-40 PY111349PA 4 litres
grade engine oil
Lower sump Liquid gasket VW Silicone sealer D176404A2 80 ml tube
Cylinder head Liquid gasket VW Silicone sealer D176404A2 80 ml tube
top rear cover
joint line
Upper sump Liquid gasket Loctite Loctite 5970 Obtain locally -
Rear crankcase Liquid gasket Loctite Loctite 5970 Obtain locally -
cover
Rear cylinder Liquid gasket Loctite Loctite 5970 Obtain locally -
head covers
Engine cooling Anti-freeze/cool‐ Univar G12++ JNV862564 5 litres
system ant
Steering system Hydraulic fluid Deutsche Pen‐ Pentozine CHF RH5000 3.5 litres
fluid/oil tosin 11S
Turbocharger Anti-seize com‐ Molyslip Copaslip Obtain locally -
mounting studs pound

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

22 7. Consumables BIN 01
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

8 Special workshop tools BIN 000012


Special workshop tools BIN 000012
Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet location
T10038 T10038 Tensioning straps ⇒ page 23 #BY00-23472 Stand alone
WT 10017 WT 10017 Storage board 4 ⇒ page 23 #BY00-25451 ABC 13 - 14
WT 10062 WT 10062 Storage board 5 ⇒ page 24 #BY00-25452 ABC 15 - 16
WT 10074 WT 10074 Logo - Tool cabinet ⇒ page 24 #BY00-25453 Tool cabinet
WT 10090 WT 10090 Case - CD storage ⇒ page 24 #BY00-25454 Shelf
WT 10116 WT 10116 Storage board 6 ABC 17 - 18

BY00-23472

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

BY00-25451

8. Special workshop tools BIN 000012 23


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

BY00-25452

BY00-25453

BY00-25454
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

24 8. Special workshop tools BIN 000012


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

9 Special workshop tools BIN 090900


Special workshop tools BIN 090900
Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet lo‐
cation
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic ⇒ page 29 Stand alone
020 and Service Infor‐ #BY72-25357
mation system -
English (UK power
cord) (BLUE‐
TOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 91 Vehicle Diagnostic
020 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
English (UK power
cord) (NON BLUE‐
TOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
220 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
English (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
023 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
USA English (USA
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
000 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
German (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
300 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
German (Swiss
power
Protected by copyright. cord)
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
(BLUETOOTH)
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
040 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
French (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
340 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
French (Swiss pow‐
er cord) (BLUE‐
TOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
050 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Italian (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)

9. Special workshop tools BIN 090900 25


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet lo‐
cation
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
350 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Italian (Swiss pow‐
er cord) (BLUE‐
TOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
060 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Spanish (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 91 Vehicle Diagnostic
060 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Spanish (European
power cord) (NON
BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
032 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Dutch (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
072 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Greek (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
070 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Japanese (Japa‐
nese power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
074 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Chinese (Chinese
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 91 Vehicle Diagnostic
074 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Chinese (Chinese
powerforcord)
Protected by copyright. Copying private(NON
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorisedBLUETOOTH)
by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
VAS 5052A ASE 405 any170 liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
01 Vehicle Diagnostic
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
037 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Swedish (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
038 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Danish (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)

26 9. Special workshop tools BIN 090900


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet lo‐
cation
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
065 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Portuguese (Euro‐
pean power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
011 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Polish (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
015 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Czech (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
075 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Russian (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 91 Vehicle Diagnostic
075 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Russian (European
power cord) (NON
BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
077 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Turkish (European
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
565 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
Portuguese (Brazil‐
ian power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Protected
Vehicle by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Diagnostic
620 andpermitted
Service unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Infor‐
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
mation system -
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
English (Australian
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 91 Vehicle Diagnostic
620 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
English (Australian
power cord) (NON
BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
723 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
English (Canadian
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)

9. Special workshop tools BIN 090900 27


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet lo‐
cation
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
740 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
French (Canadian
power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)
VAS 5052A ASE 405 170 01 Vehicle Diagnostic
820 and Service Infor‐
mation system -
English (South Afri‐
can power cord)
(BLUETOOTH)

VAG 1594/12 ASE 401 262 00 Measuring leads -


000 diagnostics
VAG 1594/28 ASE 441 052 00 Test lead .7 x .7 di‐
000 agnostics
VAG 1594/29 ASE 441 054 00 Test lead 1.5mm -
000 diagnostics
VAG 1594/30 ASE 441 053 00 Test lead 1.5 x .
000 6mm - diagnostics

VAS 5052/2 ASE 405 172 00 VAS 5052 Base


000 station (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)
VAS 5052/03 ASE 405 173 02 VAS 5052 Diagnos‐
000 tic lead (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)
VAS 5052/12 ASE 405 178 00 VAS 5052 Battery
000 pack (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)

VAS 5052A/2 ASE 405 172 00 VAS 5052A Base


000 station (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)
VAS 5054A ASE 405 250 01 Bluetooth interface
000 (REPLACEMENT
PART)
VAS 5054/1 ASE 405 251 00 USB cable (RE‐
000 PLACEMENT
PART)
VAS 5055 ASE 405 255 00 Non Bluetooth in‐
000 terface (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)
VAS 5052A/12 ASE 405 178 01 VAS 5052A Battery
000 pack (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)
VAS 5052A/14 ASE 405 180 01 VAS 5052A Mains
000 unit (REPLACE‐
MENT PART)
VAS 5052A/22 ASE 405 188 00 VAS 5052A 12V
000 converter (RE‐
PLACEMENT
PART)
WT 10213 WT 10213 PSU cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley to
VAS 5052A
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
28 9. Special workshop tools BIN 090900 Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Tool reference number Part number Description Graphic Tool cabinet lo‐
cation
WT 10117 WT 10117 Diagnostic trolley
VAS 5052
WT 10125 WT 10125 Power cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley - UK
WT 10126 WT 10126 Power cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley - USA
WT 10127 WT 10127 Power cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley - Eu‐
ropean
WT 10128 WT 10128 Power cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley - Aus‐
tralia
WT 10129 WT 10129 Power cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley - Chi‐
nese
WT 10130 WT 10130 Power cord - Diag‐
nostic trolley - Jap‐
anese

BY72-25357

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

9. Special workshop tools BIN 090900 29


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

10 Transit bag supporting documents

10.1 Transit bag removal process


– Information regarding the transit bag removal process and
transit damage inspection can be found on the Bentley Internet
Communications System (BICS).
– Please copy the following link in to your internet browser:
http://bics.bentleymotors.com:8081/BY00242_BTDC/
Dealer_Training_Videos/menu.asp

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

30 10. Transit bag supporting documents


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

11 Body repair workshop tools


Recommended specialist tools
Front wing screw removal tool -WT 10066-

Setting gauges -3371-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Front grille removal tool -WT 10184-
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

11. Body repair workshop tools 31


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Torque wrenches
Torque wrench 60-320 Nm -VAS 5509-

Torque wrench multiplier

Hot air gun


Hot air blower -VAG 1416-

Scrapers
Scraper set -VAS 6845-
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

32 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Electric/Air drill
Drill -VAS 6267A-

Panel preparation equipment


Brush grinder set -VAS 6776-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Body dent removal equipment Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Dent removal unit -VAS 6771-

11. Body repair workshop tools 33


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Windscreen removal tools


Window removal set -VAS 6888-

Specialist tool cabinet


Aluminium tool set with trolley -VAG 2010/2-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Aluminium MIG brazing welder


Welding and brazing system ALU/MIG/MAG -VAS 6388A-

34 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Aluminium dent removal equipment


Dent remover for aluminium -VAS 5196-

Aluminium digital panel temperature unit


Temperature gauge -VAS 6886-

Battery charger
Battery charger -VAS 5903-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

11. Body repair workshop tools 35


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Displaced parts storage trolleys


Storage -VAS 6760-

Container for removed parts -VAG 1698A-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Fuel drainer
Fuel extractor -VAS 5190A-

36 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Paint depth gauge


Paint thickness tester -VAS 6272-

"Smart" paint mixing scales

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Viscosity cupunless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
permitted
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

11. Body repair workshop tools 37


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

HVLP spray guns

Air temperature equipment

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Orbital sander

38 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Dust extraction equipment

Infrared drying equipment

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Panel stands

11. Body repair workshop tools 39


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Electric / Air polisher

Polishing materials

Compounding heads

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

40 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Polishing trolley

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Full face spray mask

Masking trolley

11. Body repair workshop tools 41


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Humidity gauge

Celette body jig

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Measuring system

42 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Pulling system

Hydraulic portapower ram set (4 tonnes)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Hydraulic portapower ram set (10 tonnes)

11. Body repair workshop tools 43


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Body fixing clamps

MIG welding equipment (minimum 160 amps)

Inverta spot welding equipment

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

44 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Full face welding mask

Welding screens

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Welding blankets

11. Body repair workshop tools 45


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Weld fume extraction equipment

Weld through primer

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Vehicle hoist (minimum lifting capacity 3500 KG)


Vehicle hoist -VAS 6354A-

46 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Celette Sevenne XL body jig

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Vario spot weld removal drill permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Plasma cutter and / or air hacksaw


Plasma cutter

11. Body repair workshop tools 47


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Air hacksaw

Sanding equipment

Body files, hammers and dollies

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Socket sets
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

48 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Tyre pressure gauge

Tyre depth gauge

Trolley jack

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

11. Body repair workshop tools 49


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Axle stands

Air impact gun and wheel sockets


Pneumatic impact driver (high-torque) -VAS 5156-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Coated wheel sockets

50 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Equipment to disperse polyester body fillers

Panel slide hammer

Wheel skids

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

11. Body repair workshop tools 51


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Vehicle trolley

Vehicle protection

Pressure washer

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

52 11. Body repair workshop tools


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

12 Coolant specification
General Information
The cooling system must be filled all year round with a mixture of
water and radiator antifreeze/anti-corrosion agent.
Coolant additives prevent frost and corrosion damage and stop
scale from forming. Such additives also raise the boiling point of
the coolant. For these reasons the cooling system must be filled
all year round with the correct antifreeze and anti-corrosion ad‐
ditive.
Because of its high boiling point the coolant improves the engines
reliability under heavy loads, particularly in countries with tropical
climates.
It is important to use only coolant additive G12++ or G13. Other
coolant additives could seriously impair, in particular the anti cor‐
rosion properties of the coolant. The resulting damage could lead
to loss of coolant and consequently to serious engine damage.
Frost protection is required when temperatures are below 0 oC (in
countries with arctic climates down to -36oC). Depending on the
market the specified protection is either -25 oC, -35 oC, or -40 oC.
The coolant concentration must NOT be reduced by adding water
even in warmer seasons and in warmer countries. The antifreeze
concentration must always be at least 40%.
If greater frost protection is required in very cold climates the
amount of coolant can be increased, but only up to 60% (this gives
frost protection to about -40oC). If antifreeze concentration ex‐
ceeds 60%, frost protection decreases again and cooling effi‐
ciency is also impaired.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
WARNING
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
♦ Use only clean waterCopyright for mixing coolant.
by Bentley DO NOT use de‐
Motors.
salinated water.
♦ If radiator, heat exchanger, cylinder head, cylinder head
gasket or cylinder block have been renewed, DO NOT re-
use old coolant.
♦ DO NOT re-use dirty or contaminated coolant.

A refractometer is recommended for determining the current anti-


freeze concentration/density.
– If frost protection is insufficient, drain quantity indicated in frost
protection table and add coolant additive.
Frost protection table
Frost protection to °C Quantity to drain (in litres) and
replenish with G12++ or G13
Actual value Specified val‐ 8-cyl. 12-cyl. 12-cyl.
(Refractom‐ ue (Regional (Vehicle
eter read‐ recommenda‐ with a sec‐
ing) tion) ond heat
exchang‐
er)
0 -25 5,0 5,0 8,0
-35 6,0 6,0 10,0
-5 -25 4,5 4,5 7,0
-35 5,5 5,5 9,0

12. Coolant specification 53


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Frost protection to °C Quantity to drain (in litres) and


replenish with G12++ or G13
-10 -25 3,5 3,5 6,0
-35 4,5 4,5 8,0
-15 -25 2,5 2,5 4,0
-35 3,5 3,5 6,0
-20 -25 1,5 1,5 3,0
-35 2,5 2,5 4,5
-25 -35 1,5 1,5 2,5
-30 -35 1,0 1,0 2,0
-35 -40 0,5 0,5 1,5

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

54 12. Coolant specification


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13 Maintenance schedules

13.1 Bentley Continental workshop tools


WT10008 - ENGINE LIFTING BEAM WITH CHAINS & HOOKS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10011 - OIL PRESSURE TESTER ADAPTER

13. Maintenance schedules 55


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10022 - ENGINE CROSSMEMBER ALIGNMENT TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

56 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10025 - ENGINE STAND BASIC

13. Maintenance schedules 57


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10029/1 - ENGINE SUPPORT PILLARS (W12)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10029/2 - TRANSMISSION SUPPORT PILLARS (6 SPEED)

58 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10063 - ENGINE LIFTING EYE FRONT

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10067 - ENGINE POSITIONING GAUGE

13. Maintenance schedules 59


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10277 - ENGINE SUPPORT FOR SUMP ACCESS TOOLS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

60 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10269 - ENGINE MOUNT WRENCH TOOL

WT10293 - MUBEA PLIERS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 61


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10295 - REAR MAIN OIL SEAL INSTALLATION TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

62 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10306 - OETIKER CLIP PLIERS (45°).

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10000 - OETIKER CLIP FITTING AND REMOVAL PLIERS


(HOSES)

13. Maintenance schedules 63


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10001 - OETIKER CLIP FITTING AND REMOVAL PLIERS


(HOSES)

ASE45149200000 - VAG 1921 HOSE CLIP PLIERS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

64 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE45600200000 - VAS 6100 WORKSHOP HOIST

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 65


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

- VAS 6131 SCISSOR - TYPE ASSEMBLY PLATFORM

66 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE40611000000 - VAG 1383A HYDRAULIC SUPPORT

13. Maintenance schedules 67


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10291 - CLIC CLAMP FITTING TOOL

68 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10296/1 - ENGINE LIFTING PILLARS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 69


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10297 - PULLEY HOLDING TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

70
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
13. Maintenance
any schedules
liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10301 - OFF LIFTING FRAME - ENGINE

WT10305 - ENGINE SUPPORT


ProtectedBEAM
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 71


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WT10279 - FRONT SUBFRAME REMOVAL TOOL

WT10314 - ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET SOCKET TOOL

72 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10018 - FUEL TANK REMOVAL / FITTING TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 73


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10026 - LOWER FUEL TANK COVER REMOVAL TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
74 13. Maintenance schedules
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10069A - EXHAUST EXTRACTION ADAPTER

13. Maintenance schedules 75


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10109 - FUEL PRESSURE TEST ADAPTER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

76 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10189 - EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 77


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40111100000 - VAG 1318 K-JETRONIC PRESSURE TEST‐


ER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

78 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40129500000 - VAG 1348/3-3 ADAPTER CABLE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 79


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40118700000 - VAG 1348/3A REMOTE CONTROL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
WT10250 - FUEL PIPE QUICK CONNECT BLANKING TOOL -
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
MALE 7.89 mm
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

80 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10251 - FUEL PIPE QUICK CONNECT BLANKING TOOL -


MALE 9.89 mm

WT10257 - FLEX FUEL ADAPTER - FEMALE 7.89 mm TO MALE


9.89 mm
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 81


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10258 - FLEX FUEL ADAPTER - FEMALE 9.89 mm TO MALE


7.89 mm

WT10259 - FUEL PIPE QUICK CONNECT BLANKING TOOL -


FEMALE 7.89 mm

82 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10260 - FUEL PIPE QUICK CONNECT BLANKING TOOL -


FEMALE 9.89 mm

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE40451000000 - VAS 6096 COOLING SYSTEM CHARGE


UNIT

13. Maintenance schedules 83


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40113500000 - VAG 1274/7 ADAPTER (COOLING SYS‐


TEM)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

84 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10225 - ATF DISPENSER PUMP

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 85


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10270 - DIFFERENTIAL OIL DISPENSER (ORANGE)

86 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WT10282 - OIL FILL NOZZLE - FRONT AND REAR DIFFEREN‐
TIAL

13. Maintenance schedules 87


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10283 - OIL FILL NOZZLE - CENTRE DIFFERENTIAL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

88 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10285 - ALTERNATOR PULLEY TORQUE TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not 13.guarantee or accept
Maintenance
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
schedules 89
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10296/2 - TRANSMISSION LIFTING PILLARS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

90 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10299 - TRANSMISSION SEPARATION TOOL - MAGNETIC


SOCKET

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 91


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
WT10002 - STEERINGpermitted
RACKunless
SLEEVE
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10014 - ADAPTER PAS TESTER

92 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10031 - SUBFRAME ALIGNMENT TRAMMELS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 93


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10031/2/5 - FRONT SUBFRAME SETTING POST 21MM

94 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WT10037 - FRONT SUBFRAME REMOVAL PILLARS

13. Maintenance schedules 95


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10072 - GEOMETRY ALIGNMENT BEAM

96 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10292/1 - PAS VACUUM RESERVOIR BUNG

97
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or13. Maintenance schedules
accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10036 - ASSEMBLY TOOL PROPSHAFT

98 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10038 - REAR SUBFRAME REMOVAL PILLARS


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 99


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10100 - PULLER - KUKKO 20/10

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

100 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10101 - PULLER ARMS - KUKKO V/170

13. Maintenance schedules 101


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10023 - BRAKE PRESSURE TEST ADAPTER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
102 13.permitted unlessschedules
Maintenance authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10093 - ASSY KIT - LOCKING WHEEL BOLT ADAPTORS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 103


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10149 - WHEEL REMOVAL AND REFIT PINS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
104 13. Maintenance schedules
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10161 - ALIGNMENT TOOL REAR CALIPER SEALS


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10227 - SELF LEVELLING WHEEL BADGE REMOVAL


TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 105


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10327 - WIRELESS PRESSURE READER (WiPR)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

106 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10027 - RELEASE TOOL (BRAKE / PEDAL)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules 107
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10080 - KICKDOWN SETTING TOOL - LHD

108 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10081 - KICKDOWN SETTING TOOL - RHD

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 109


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10082 - BRAKE PEDAL CLIP FITTING TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

110 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10084 - BRAKE PEDAL HEIGHT SETTING TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 111


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10038 - TENSIONING STRAP

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10003 - SEAT ACTUATION LOOM

112 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10004 - FRONT & REAR BUMPER SUPPORT FRAME

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 113


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10009 - DOOR LINK LOOM WINDOW LIFT SETTINGS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

114 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10019 - DASHBOARD PROTECTION SLEEVE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 115


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10020 - PARCEL SHELF PROTECTION SLEEVE

116 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WT10030 - AIR BAG REMOVAL TOOL

WT10035 - REAR QUARTER LINK LOOM WINDOW LIFT SET‐


TINGS

13. Maintenance schedules 117


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10053 - DOOR SILL PROTECTOR - CGT COUPE LH

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
WT10054 - DOOR SILL PROTECTOR - CGT COUPE RHby Bentley Motors.
Copyright
WT10055 - KIT - FRONT WING COVERS - CGT

118 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
WT10061 - REAR BUMPER COVER - CGT
Copyright COUPE
by Bentley Motors.

WT10066 - FRONT WING SCREW REMOVAL TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 119


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10119 - FRONT INTERIOR PROTECTION KIT - 4 DOOR


CONTINENTAL SERIES

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

120 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10164 - DUMMY SEAT BELT LATCH PLATE

13. Maintenance schedules 121


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10169 - KIT - HOOD ASSEMBLY RETAINING PLATES

122 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10178 - MANUAL BOOT RELEASE TOOL


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 123


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10192 - FRONT QUARTER GLASS SETTING TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10092 - BONNET EMERGENCY RELEASE TOOL

124 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10193 - AIR BAG REMOVAL TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 125


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10201 - CONVERTIBLE ROOF SETTING TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10210 - BOOT SWITCH APERTURE TOOL

126 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10215 - FRONT INTERIOR PROTECTION KIT - 2 DOOR


CONTINENTAL SERIES

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept 13. Maintenance schedules 127
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10216 - UNIVERSAL REAR SEAT PROTECTION COVER -


CONTINENTAL SERIES

128 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10120 - DOOR SILL PROTECTION (PAIR)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 129


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10303-1 - REAR BUMPER REMOVAL - GAP TOOL

130 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10303-2 - REAR BUMPER REMOVAL - RELEASE TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10303-3 - REAR BUMPER REMOVAL - MEASUREMENT


GUIDE TAPE

13. Maintenance schedules 131


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10331 - SUNROOF SETTING GAUGE

WT10332 - NAIM AUDIO BASS TEST CD

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
132 13. Maintenance schedules Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10005 - HEADLAMP WASH TOOL (TRANSIT SPACER


RING)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 133


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10006 - LANGUAGE CD FOR ZAB

134 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10007 - SIREN TAMPERPROOF NUT TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10015 - BATTERY POST EXTENDER FOR CHARGER


CLIPS

13. Maintenance schedules 135


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10024B - PULLER (WINDSCREEN WIPER ARMS)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10079 - LOOM REPAIR TERMINAL EXTRACTION KIT

136 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10103 - TOOL BATTERY TESTER - MIDTRONIC

13. Maintenance schedules 137


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10122 - SOFTWARE UPDATE CD-JAPAN

138 13. Maintenance schedules


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10165 - ENGINE BAY CHARGER LEAD ADAPTER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 139


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WT10166 - TOOL TAMPERPROOF NUT ALARM SIREN

140 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10208 - AIR BAG FUSE REMOVAL WARNING

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10298 - FRONT OIL SEAL INSTALLATION TOOLS.

13. Maintenance schedules 141


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10335 - USB TO MICRO USB UPDATE CABLE

WT10336 - USB MEMORY STICK RSE SW0099

142 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10337 - USBbyMEMORY
Protected STICK
copyright. Copying TSR SW0080
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3Z0051510A - USB CONNECTION CABLE

13. Maintenance schedules 143


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10334 - BRANDED BRAKE CALIPER TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

144 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

2086 - EXTRACTOR HOOK

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 145


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3094 - HOSE CLAMPS, UP TO Ø 25 MM

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

146 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3400 - ADAPTER

13. Maintenance schedules 147


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3411 - GUIDE PINS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

148 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE40451200000 - VAS 6122 ENGINE BUNG SET

13. Maintenance schedules 149


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10124 - FITTING TOOL (CRANKSHAFT SEAL)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

150 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10053/2 - BOLT SEAL PULLER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10069 - COUNTER HOLD TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 151


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10094 - PULLER (REMOVING IGNITION COILS)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

152 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10122/1 - FITTING TOOL (CRANKSHAFT REAR)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness 13.
of information
Maintenance
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
in this 153
document.
schedules
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10122/2 - FITTING TOOL (CRANKSHAFT REAR)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

VW681 - OIL SEAL EXTRACTOR LEVER

154 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3364 - VALVE STEM SEAL PULLER TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3365 - VALVE STEM SEAL FITTING TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 155


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

10-201 - COUNTER HOLDER TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10122 - FITTING TOOL

156 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10133 - TOOL SET FOR FSI ENGINES

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 157


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T20143 - EXTRACTOR TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
158 permitted
13. Maintenance unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
schedules
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40019 - OIL SEAL EXTRACTOR

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules 159
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40048 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T40055 - SOCKET

160 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40071 - LOCKING PIN

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T40116 - LOCATING PINS

13. Maintenance schedules 161


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40179 - GAUGE
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T40180 - SLEEVE

162 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40192 - THRUST PIECE

T40193 - THRUST PIECE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules 163
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T40195 - OIL SEAL EXTRACTOR

T40264 - CAMSHAFT CLAMP

164 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40269 - SPECIAL WRENCH

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 165


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE44027100000 - VAG 1332 TORQUE WRENCH

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE44028900000 - VAG 1332/9 OPEN RING SPANNER IN‐


SERT

166 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE40700101000 - VAS 5161A REMOVAL AND INSTALLA‐


TION DEVICE FOR VALVE COTTERS

13. Maintenance schedules 167


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
ASE40700203000 - VAS 5161/19C GUIDE
any liability PLATE
with respect FOR
to the FSI EN‐
correctness of information in this document.
GINE Copyright by Bentley Motors.

168 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

VW222A - DRIFT

3087 - WRENCH

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 169


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40667000000 - VAG 1924/1 ATF FILLER PIPE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10037 - PULLER

170 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10135 - THRUST PIECE

T10138 - FITTING TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 171


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10139 - FITTING TOOL

3350 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

172 Protected
13. Maintenance schedules
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

VW295 - DRIFT

13. Maintenance schedules 173


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10137 - THRUST PIECE

VW401 - THRUST PLATE

174 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

VW402 - THRUST PLATE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T40190 - THRUST PIECES

13. Maintenance schedules 175


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10136 - FITTING TOOL

VW441 - BASE PLATE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

176 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

2040 - TUBE

VW415A - TUBE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness
13.ofMaintenance
information inschedules
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
177
this document.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

VW432 - PRESS TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

VW771 - MULTI-PURPOSE TOOL

178 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10025 - COUNTER HOLD TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10029 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 179


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10181 - THRUST PIECE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10256 - THRUST PIECE

180 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T40189 - THRUST PIECES


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T40239 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 181


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3301 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

182 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3348 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 183


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40110300000 - VAG 1402 POWER STEERING TESTER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

184 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40661200000 - VAG 1923 OPEN END SPANNER ATTACH‐


MENT
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 185


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE40662200000 - VAG 1925/3 ADAPTER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

186 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE40664200000 - VAG 1925/4 ADAPTER

13. Maintenance schedules 187


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10156 - SUSPENSION BLOCKS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
188 13. Maintenance schedules permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10158 - SOCKET

13. Maintenance schedules 189


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
3253 - ASSEMBLY TOOL any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3292/3 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

190 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3349 - PULLER

13. Maintenance schedules 191


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3340 - PLIERS

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

192 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

40-204A - CLAMP

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 193


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3144 - SLEEVE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

194 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE41110800000 - VAG 1869/2 BRAKE PEDAL ACTUATOR

13. Maintenance schedules 195


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10145 - PISTON RESETTING APPLIANCE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

196 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10146 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

13. Maintenance schedules 197


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3320 - DOOR ALIGNMENT TOOL

198 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3370
Protected by - FRONT-END
copyright. HOOK
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 199


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3371 - SETTING GAUGE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

3392 - REMOVAL PLIERS

200 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3409 - REMOVAL WEDGE

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

80 - 200 - REMOVAL LEVER

13. Maintenance schedules 201


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10039 - RELEASE LEVER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

202 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

T10118 - ASSEMBLY TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 203


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

T10152 - SOCKET TOOL

ASE43601500000 - VAS 6138 LOCKING PLIERS

204 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3316 - RADIO RELEASE TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 205


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
V160 - NAV CM REMOVAL TOOL

206 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE48117100000 - VAG 1739 REAR WINDOW ADJUSTING


TOOL

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 207


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE42321100000 - VAS 6430/1 SETTING DEVICE, BASIC SET

208 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE42321200000 - VAS 6430/2 ACC LASER UNIT

938403051 - ACC STAND SUPPORT BRACKETS

13. Maintenance schedules 209


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE42320000000 - VAS 6350 CALIBRATION UNIT

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

210 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
ASE42320200000 - VAS 6350/2 SPACING LASER
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 211


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE45600400000 - VAS 6095 ENGINE AND GEARBOX SUP‐


PORT

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

212 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
ASE45605000000 - VAS 6095/1 UNIVERSAL MOUNTING
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 213


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE45606300000 - VAS 6095/1-13 BRACKET FOR V8 EN‐


GINE, 4.0L.

214 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE45605100000 - VAS 6095/1-1 BRACKET FOR W12 EN‐


GINE

13. Maintenance schedules 215


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE43513000000 - VAS 6136 SEAT REPAIR STAND

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

216 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE43513100000 - VAS 6136/1 SEAT REPAIR ADAPTER

13. Maintenance schedules 217


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.2 Diagnostic tools


Diagnostic equipment (regional/language specific)
VAS6356 - TEST INSTRUMENT BOX

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

218 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

VAS6150C - DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM


Protected VCI,Copying
by copyright. WIN7for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 219


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

VAS6160A - DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, PREMIUM

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

220 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Diagnostic equipment (non regional/language specific)


ASE44201801000 - VAS 5056C AUXILIARY AIR BAG TESTER

13. Maintenance schedules 221


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

ASE44202400000 - VAS 5056/5 ADAPTER AUXILIARY AIR


BAG TESTER

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

ASE44202600000 - VAS 5056/6 ADAPTER FOR AUXILIARY


AIR BAG TESTER

222 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10177 - KNEE AIR BAG TEST LEAD

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 223


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10179 - DASHBOARD AIR BAG TEST LEAD

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept

224
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
13. Maintenance schedules Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WT10217 - CURTAIN AIR BAG TEST LEAD

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 225


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
WT10304 - AIR BAG TEST ADAPTER LEAD
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

WT10313 - PEDESTRIAN PROTECTION DIAGNOSTIC

226 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.3 001 PDI other than Japan


Item Procedure description Check Adjust Comment
VIN
Date
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Connect the main system battery
Check the battery voltage
Check the boot release operation
Fit all equipment which has been
packed inside the vehicle
Check spare wheel and tyre
Check the content of the tool kit
COACHWORK
Remove all the protective cover‐
ings from the exterior
Inspect the interior trim (use the rel‐
evant graphic from the linked pro‐
cedure document to record details)
Inspect the paintwork (use the rel‐
evant graphic from the linked pro‐
cedure document to record details)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Check the bonnet release & safety
catch operation
Check the engine oil level
Check the power steering hydraulic
fluid level
Check the brake fluid level

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

any liability with respect to the correctness information inschedules 227


permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
13.ofMaintenance this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Check Adjust Comment


Fill/Top-up the windscreen/head‐
lamp washer reservoir
Check the coolant level
Inspect the under bonnet area of
the car for hoses, unions and
clamps for leaks
Check all engine covers are fitted
INTERIOR
Front passengers air bag: Check
key switch and "on/off function".
Position the switch to "on"
Insert the satellite navigation disc in
the glove box
Set language on the infotainment
display screen
Check the vehicle for stored fault
codes
Reset the car from transport condi‐
tion
Check electric window lifts and re-
initialise
Initialise the front seats (2-door
cars)
Check the front seat memory reten‐
tion and re-initialise as necessary
(4-door cars)
Check the rear seat memory reten‐
tion and re-initialise as necessary
(4-door cars)
Check the operation of the sunroof
(if fitted)
Adjust the clock
Store the local radio stations to in‐
fotainment system
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Check the telephone operation
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Check the fuel filler door release any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Check the operation of all interior
lights displays and all other control
elements
Check the HVAC basic setting and
re-set
Check the steering column opera‐
tion
PRIOR TO ROAD TEST
Torque check the wheel bolts
Check the tyre pressures
Inspect the underside of the car for
hoses, unions and clamps for leaks
Check all exterior lights and the
horn function
Remove transit wiper blades and
replace with the new blades stored
in the luggage compartment
Check that all keys operate correct‐
ly

228 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Check Adjust Comment


Check the operation of the hood
through the full open and close cy‐
cle
DURING ROAD TEST
Automatic gearbox: Key removal in
Park only, shift behaviour and DIP
display
Check for vibration, smoothness,
rattles and creaks
Check the operation of the air con‐
ditioning system
Check the brakes for normal per‐
formance and noise
Check the steering feel for pull, free
play and smoothness
Check the windscreen wiper/wash‐
er & headlamp washer operation
Check the operation of the cruise
control
Check the parking brake operation
Check the operation of the radio,
CD changer and main station pre-
sets
Check the operation of the park dis‐
tance control
Check the learning process of the
TPM
Check the DIP for any warning
lights
AFTER ROAD TEST
Inspect the underside of the car for
hoses, unions and clamps for leaks
Check the tyres for debris
Check the engine compartment ho‐ by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Protected
ses, unions and clamps for leaks
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Set the trip counter to zero any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Check for stored fault codes and
rectify any work found on road test
Check alarm and central locking
function
Check the literature for the vehicle
is complete, and prepare for deliv‐
ery to the customer
Enter delivery inspection in the
service schedule booklet
Affix the vehicle information label
Check the DIP language set-up
Reset the service indicator

13. Maintenance schedules 229


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.4 002 PDI Japan only


Item Procedure descrip‐ Che Ad‐ Comment
tion ck just
VIN : SCB
Date :
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Check the battery
voltage
Check spare wheel
and tyre
COACHWORK
Remove all the pro‐
tective coverings
from the exterior
Inspect the interior
trim (use the graphic
from the linked pro‐
cedure document to
record details)
Inspect the paint‐
work (use the graph‐
ic from the linked
procedure document
to record details)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Check the engine oil
level
Check the power
steering hydraulic
fluid level
Check the brake fluid
level
Fill/Top-up the wind‐
screen/headlamp
washer reservoir
Check the coolant
level
INTERIOR
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised
Adjust theby Bentley
clockMotors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Store the local radio
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
stations to infotain‐
ment system
PRIOR TO ROAD TEST
Check the tyre pres‐
sures
Check the vehicle for
stored fault codes
Reset the car from
delivery condition
Remove transit wip‐
er blades and re‐
place with the new
blades stored in the
luggage compart‐
ment
DURING ROAD TEST

230 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure descrip‐ Che Ad‐ Comment


tion ck just
Check the learning
process of the TPM
AFTER ROAD TEST
Check the tyres for
debris
Set the trip counter to
zero
Check for stored
fault codes and recti‐
fy any work found on
road test
Check the literature
for the vehicle is
complete, and pre‐
pare for delivery to
the customer
Enter delivery in‐
spection in the serv‐
ice schedule booklet
Affix the vehicle in‐
formation label
Check the DIP lan‐
guage set-up
Reset the service in‐
dicator

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
13.5 003 6 week check
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Service schedules Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Item Procedure description Chec Ad‐ Comment


k just
6 week | 1000 mile | 1600 km
VIN : SCB
Date :
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Check spare wheel and tyre
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Check the bonnet release & safety
catch operation
Check the engine oil level
Check the power steering hydraulic
fluid level
Check the brake fluid level
Fill/Top-up the windscreen/headlamp
washer reservoir
Check the coolant level
Check and tighten the HVAC service
valve caps
Inspect the under bonnet area of the
car for hoses, unions and clamps for
leaks
Check all engine covers are fitted

13. Maintenance schedules 231


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Chec Ad‐ Comment


k just
INTERIOR
Check electric window lift
Check the front seat adjustment and
reactivate memories
Check the fuel filler door release
Check the operation of all interior
lights displays and all other control el‐
ements
Check the steering column operation
PRIOR TO ROAD TEST
Torque check the wheel bolts
Check the tyre pressures
Inspect the underside of the car for
hoses, unions and clamps for leaks
Check all exterior lights and the horn
function
Check the vehicle for stored fault co‐
des
Check that all keys operate correctly
DURING ROAD TEST
Automatic gearbox: Key removal in
Park only, shift behaviour and DIP
display
Check for vibration, smoothness, rat‐
tles and creaks
Check the operation of the air condi‐
tioning system
Check the brakes for normal perform‐
ance and noise
Check the steering feel for pull, free
play and smoothness
Check the windscreen wiper/washer
& headlamp washer operation
Check the operation of the cruise con‐
trol
Check the parking brake operation
Check the operation of the radio, CD
changer and main station pre-sets
Check the operation of the park dis‐
tance control
Protected by Check
copyright.the DIPfor
Copying forprivate
any orwarning lights
commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
AFTER any ROADliabilityTEST
with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Inspect the undersideCopyright by of Bentley
the car for
Motors.
hoses, unions and clamps for leaks
Check for stored fault codes and rec‐
tify any work found on road test
Check alarm and central locking func‐
tion
Enter first inspection in the service
schedule booklet

232 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.6 01 Year
Item Procedure description Comment
1 Year | 10,000 miles | 16,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check
Protected the tyre
by copyright. pressures
Copying for private and adjust as
or commercial necessary
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
VEHICLE ON GROUNDany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
165 Refill the engine oil Copyright by Bentley Motors.
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary

13. Maintenance schedules 233


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.7 02 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
2 + 14 Years | 20 + 140,000 miles | 32 + 224,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
35 Check that all body any
drains are free from obstruction,
liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
correct as necessary Copyright by Bentley Motors.

234 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggagebycompartment
Protected copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
255 Renewany the integrated
liability keytofob
with respect batteries of information in this document.
the correctness
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries
Copyright (if fitted)
by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 235


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.8 03 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check
Protected by copyright. the braking
Copying for privatesystem for leaks,
or commercial damage
purposes, in part orand posi‐
in whole, is not
permitted unlesstion
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage

236 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check
Protected by copyright. thefor
Copying brake
privatepads for wear
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
145 Check theCopyright
air suspension
by Bentley for leaks and damage
Motors.
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal

13. Maintenance schedules 237


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.9 04 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
4 + 8 + 16 Years | 40
+ 80 + 160,000 miles | Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
64 + 128 + 256,000 permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
kilometres any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE ON RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
50 Check the condition of the engine drive belt
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION

238 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
170 Renew the spark plugs
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
205 Renew the air filter elements
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
245 Lubricate the lower door hinges (4-door cars)
250 Lubricate all locks and latches
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
284 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal. Check the
sunroof functionality. Clean and lubricate the guide
rails.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in13.
thisMaintenance
document. schedules 239
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


285 Check headlamp setting
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.10 05 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
5 + 15 Years | 50 +
150,000 miles | 80 +
240,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
Protected joints, couplings
by copyright. and
Copying for the steering
private rack
or commercial flexible
purposes, gaiters
in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
joints Copyright by Bentley Motors.
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks

240 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries For 2004/2005 Model Year
vehicles, replace if re‐
quired. For 2006 Model
Year onwards, replace re‐
gardless of condition.
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen
Protected filters
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
220 permitted
Fit the plenum cover unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
230 Check the condition of the batteries Copyright by Bentley Motors.
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)

13. Maintenance schedules 241


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.11 06 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
6 + 18 Years | 60 +
180,000 miles | 96 +
288,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
15 Drain the transmission oil Only for 2010 Model Year
onwards vehicles
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filterany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
90 Refill the transmission oil Only for 2010 Model Year
onwards vehicles
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles

242 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
135 Renew the brake system front flexible hoses
136 Renew the brake system rear flexible hoses
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check
Protected by copyright. the operation
Copying for private orof the centralised
commercial door
purposes, in part locking and
or in whole, is not
permitted unless anti-theft
authorised byalarm
Bentleysystem
Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited

13. Maintenance schedules 243


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.12 07 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Protected by copyright.Check
Copying the condition
for private of the engine,
or commercial purposes,gearbox,
in part or insuspension
whole, is not
mounts
permitted unless authorised for leaks
by Bentley and
Motors. damage
Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
45 Renew
any liability with respectthe sump
to the plug of
correctness and oil filterin this document.
information
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles

244 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the Protected by copyright.
brake fluid level and Copying for private
top-up or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
as necessary
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
200 Check the induction any system forrespect
liability with leaks, correct
to the as nec‐
correctness of information in this document.
essary Copyright by Bentley Motors.
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13. Maintenance schedules 245


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.13 08 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
4 + 8 + 16 Years | 40
+ 80 + 160,000 miles |
64 + 128 + 256,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE ON RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 by copyright. Copying forCheck
Protected the
private or condition,
commercial position
purposes, in partand
or inmounting
whole, is notof the ex‐
haust
permitted unless authorised by Bentley system
Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
30 any liability with respect toCheck
the correctness of information
the braking system in this
for document.
leaks, damage and posi‐
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
50 Check the condition of the engine drive belt
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON GROUND

246 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


165 Refill the engine oil
170 Renew the spark plugs
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
205 Renew the air filter elements
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
245 Lubricate the lower door hinges (4-door cars)
250 Lubricate all locks and latches
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
284 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal. Check the
sunroof functionality. Clean and lubricate the guide
rails.
285 Check headlamp setting
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
305 permitted unless Inspect
authorised theMotors.
by Bentley bodywork
Bentleyfor corrosion,
Motors stone chips,
does not guarantee dam‐
or accept
age ortocontamination.
any liability with respect Indicate on
the correctness of information chart.
in this Correct as
document.
authorised
Copyrightbybythe Area
Bentley Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
Motors.
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light

13. Maintenance schedules 247


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.14 09 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from
Protected obstruction,
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
correct as necessary permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension Copyright by Bentley Motors.
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary

248 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
240 Check that there is a full
permitted 1 litre
unless container
authorised of oil
by Bentley in the
Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
luggage compartmentany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteriesCopyright by Bentley Motors.
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.15 10 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
10 Years | 100,000
miles | 160,000 kilome‐
tres
VIN : SCB
Date :

13. Maintenance schedules 249


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
15 Drain the transmission oil Only for 2004 - 2009 Model
Year vehicles
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
55 Renew the leak detection pump filter
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
60 Renew
permitted unless authorised the main
by Bentley fuel
Motors. filter
Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
65 Check Copyright
the fuelbysystem for leaks, damage and position
Bentley Motors.
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
90 Refill the transmission oil Only for 2004 - 2009 Model
Year vehicles
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
97 Renew the secondary air injection (SAI) filters Applicable to "Lower pump
filter"
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries For 2004/2005 Model Year
vehicles, replace if required.
For 2006 Model Year on‐
wards, replace regardless of
condition.
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary

250 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


VEHICLE ON GROUND
162 Renew the secondary air injection (SAI) filters Applicable to "Upper pump
filter"
165 Refill the engine oil
172 Replace the engine drive belt
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
225 Renew the evaporative control carbon canister
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
13. Maintenance
any liability with respect to the correctness of information schedules
in this document. 251
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.16 11 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition
Protected byof the engine,
copyright. Copyinggearbox, suspension
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
mounts for permitted
leaks and damage
unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
45 Renew the sump any liability
plug andwith respect to the correctness of information in this document.
oil filter
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary

252 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic
permitted system
unless authorised by for stored
Bentley infor‐
Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
mation any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.17 12 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
12 Years | 120,000
miles | 192,000 kilo‐
metres
VIN : SCB
Date :

13. Maintenance schedules 253


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
15 Drain the transmission oil Only for 2010 Model Year
onwards vehicles
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
50 Check the condition of the engine drive belt
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
65 Checkbythe
permitted unless authorised fuelMotors.
Bentley system for Motors
Bentley leaks,does
damage and position
not guarantee or accept
70 any liability with respect to the correctness of information in
Check the condition of the steering column universalthis document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
90 Refill the transmission oil Only for 2010 Model Year
onwards vehicles
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
135 Renew the brake system front flexible hoses
136 Renew the brake system rear flexible hoses
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil

254 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


170 Renew the spark plugs
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
205 Renew the air filter elements
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230
Protected by copyright. CopyingCheck theorcondition
for private commercial of the batteries
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
235
permitted unless authorised byCheck the condition
Bentley Motors. and does
Bentley Motors the tyre pressure
not guarantee of the spare
or accept
any liability with respect to
wheel the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
245 Lubricate the lower door hinges
250 Lubricate all locks and latches
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
284 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal. Check the
sunroof functionality. Clean and lubricate the guide rails
285 Check headlamp setting
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13. Maintenance schedules 255


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.18 13 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal,Protected
damage, by copyright.
etc. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
100 Fit the frontany
screening
liability withpanels
respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil

256 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
wheel
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
240 Check
Copyright that Motors.
by Bentley there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.19 14 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
2 + 14 Years | 20 + 140,000 miles | 32 + 224,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED

13. Maintenance schedules 257


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the coolingProtected
systembyfor leaksCopying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
copyright.
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
95 Inspect the underside ofany theliability
bodywith
forrespect
corrosion/under‐
to the correctness of information in this document.
seal, damage, etc. Copyright by Bentley Motors.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary

258 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.20 15 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
5 + 15 Years | 50 +
150,000 miles | 80 +
240,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
13. Maintenance
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept schedules 259
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries For 2004/2005 Model Year
vehicles, replace if re‐
quired. For 2006 Model
Year onwards, replace re‐
gardless of condition.
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish
Protected the windscreen
by copyright. washer
Copying for private reservoirpurposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
190 Checkany the power steering system reservoir fluid level
liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
and top-up as necessary Copyright by Bentley Motors.
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel

260 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.21 16 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
4 + 8 + 16 Years | 40
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
+ 80 + 160,000 milesunless
permitted | authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
64 + 128 + 256,000any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
kilometres Copyright by Bentley Motors.

VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE ON RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
50 Check the condition of the engine drive belt
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position

13. Maintenance schedules 261


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 by copyright. Copying Refit
Protected the or
for private road wheels
commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted
160 unless authorised by Bentley
Check the tyre pressuresdoes
Motors. Bentley Motors and notadjust
guaranteeasornecessary
accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
VEHICLE ON GROUNDCopyright by Bentley Motors.
165 Refill the engine oil
170 Renew the spark plugs
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
205 Renew the air filter elements
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
245 Lubricate the lower door hinges (4-door cars)
250 Lubricate all locks and latches
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)

262 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
284 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal. Check the
sunroof functionality. Clean and lubricate the guide
rails.
285 Check headlamp setting
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.22 17 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check
Protectedthe condition,
by copyright. position
Copying andormounting
for private commercial of the ex‐
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
haust system
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
30 Check the braking
any liability withsystem
respect tofor
theleaks, damage
correctness and posi‐
of information in this document.
tion Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 263


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
215 Renew the dust and pollen
any liability filters
with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
220 Fit the plenum cover Copyright by Bentley Motors.

230 Check the condition of the batteries


235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)

264 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.23 18 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
6 + 18 Years | 60 +
180,000 miles | 96 +
288,000 kilometres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
15 Drain the transmission oil Only for 2010 Model Year
onwards vehicles
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
30
permitted unless authorised by Check the braking
Bentley Motors. system
Bentley Motors fornotleaks,
does damage
guarantee or acceptand posi‐
tion
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks

13. Maintenance schedules 265


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


90 Refill the transmission oil Only for 2010 Model Year
onwards vehicles
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
135 Renew the brake system front flexible hoses
136 Renew the brake system rear flexible hoses
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check
Protected the power
by copyright. steering
Copying system
for private reservoir
or commercial fluidin level
purposes, part or in whole, is not
andunless
permitted top-up as necessary
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
195 any liability
Check with respect
the brake fluidtolevel
the correctness
and top-upof information in this document.
as necessary
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns

266 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.24 19 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
3 + 7 + 9 + 11 + 13 +
17 + 19 Years | 30 +
70 + 90 + 110 + 130 +
170 + 190,000 miles |
48 + 112 + 144 + 176
+ 208 + 272 + 304,000
kilometresProtected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
VIN : SCBpermitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Date : Copyright by Bentley Motors.
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
05 Remove the front screening panels
10 Drain the engine oil
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints

13. Maintenance schedules 267


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
100 Fit the front screening panels
VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries (if required) Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
120 Check the brake pads for wear
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON
GROUND
165 Refill the engine oil
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check
Protected by copyright. the condition
Copying for private and operation
or commercial of all inlights
purposes, and
part or horns
in whole, is not
283 permitted unlessLubricate
authorised bythe glass
Bentley sunroof/solar
Motors. Bentley Motorspanel
does notseal
guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
290 Check all facia warning
Copyright lamps
by Bentley including engine fault in‐
Motors.
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)

268 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.25 20 Years
Item Procedure description Comment
20 Years | 200,000
miles | 320,000 kilo‐
metres
VIN : SCB
Date :
01 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
03 Check the tyre pressure sensor batteries Only for 2004/2005 Model
Year vehicles
VEHICLE RAISED
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
05 Remove the front screening panels
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
10 Drain the engine
any liability oil to the correctness of information in this document.
with respect
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
15 Drain the transmission oil Only for 2004 - 2009 Model
Year vehicles
20 Check the power steering system for leaks and condi‐
tion
25 Check the condition, position and mounting of the ex‐
haust system
30 Check the braking system for leaks, damage and posi‐
tion
35 Check that all body drains are free from obstruction,
correct as necessary
40 Check the condition of the engine, gearbox, suspension
mounts for leaks and damage
45 Renew the sump plug and oil filter
50 Check the condition of the engine drive belt
55 Renew the leak detection pump filter
60 Renew the main fuel filter
65 Check the fuel system for leaks, damage and position
70 Check the condition of the steering column universal
joints, couplings and the steering rack flexible gaiters
75 Check the condition of the track rod and front axle ball
joints
80 Check the condition of the drive-shaft gaiters
85 Check the cooling system for leaks
90 Refill the transmission oil Only for 2004 - 2009 Model
Year vehicles
95 Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/under‐
seal, damage, etc.
97 Renew the secondary air injection (SAI) filters Applicable to "Lower pump
filter"
100 Fit the front screening panels

13. Maintenance schedules 269


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


VEHICLE AT HALF-WAY POSITION
105 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres
110 Remove the road wheels
115 Replace the tyre pressure sensor batteries For 2004/2005 Model Year
vehicles, replace if re‐
quired. For 2006 Model
Year onwards, replace re‐
gardless of condition.
120 Check the brake pads for wear
125 Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
130 Check the condition of the brake discs
140 Renew the brake fluid
145 Check the air suspension for leaks and damage
150 Remove foreign matter from all cooling matrices
155 Refit the road wheels
160 Check the tyre pressures and adjust as necessary
VEHICLE ON GROUND
162 Renew the secondary air injection (SAI) filters Applicable to "Upper pump
filter"
165 Refill the engine oil
170 Renew the spark plugs
172 Replace the engine drive belt
175 Check the coolant level and frost protection, specifica‐
tion -25°C (arctic climate - 35°C) Record the actual
value °C
180 Check the condition of pipes and hoses engine to body
for chafing and constriction
185 Replenish the windscreen washer reservoir
190 Check the power steering system reservoir fluid level
and top-up as necessary
195 Check the brake fluid level and top-up as necessary
200 Check the induction system for leaks, correct as nec‐
essary
205 Renew the air filter elements
210 Replace the wiper blades and check jet aim on the
windscreen
215 Renew the dust and pollen filters
220 Fit the plenum cover
225 Renew the evaporative control carbon canister
230 Check the condition of the batteries
235 Check the condition and the tyre pressure of the spare
wheel
240 Check that there is a full 1 litre container of oil in the
luggage compartment
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
245 Lubricate
permitted unless authorisedthe
by lower
Bentley door hinges
Motors. (4-door
Bentley Motors cars)
does not guarantee or accept
250 any Lubricate the lower
liability with respect to thedoor hinges
correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
255 Renew the integrated key fob batteries
260 Renew the park heater key fob batteries (if fitted)
265 Check the operation of the centralised door locking and
anti-theft alarm system

270 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Item Procedure description Comment


270 Check the operation of the active rear aerofoil (2-door
coupe)
275 Check the condition and operation of all seat belts
280 Check the condition and operation of all lights and horns
283 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal
284 Lubricate the glass sunroof/solar panel seal. Check the
sunroof functionality. Clean and lubricate the guide
rails.
285 Check headlamp setting
290 Check all facia warning lamps including engine fault in‐
dicator for correct operation
295 Check the steering system for freedom from play
300 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
305 Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, dam‐
age or contamination. Indicate on chart. Correct as
authorised by the Area Service Manager, Bentley Mo‐
tors Limited
310 Carry out a full functional check and road test the car
for satisfactory performance and condition
315 Carry out an exhaust emission test (First 3 years after
initial registration then every 2 years)
317 Check the vehicle diagnostic system for stored infor‐
mation
320 Reset the service indicator light
325 On completion of this service schedule complete the
respective voucher contained in the service record

13.26 Active rear aerofoil operation - To check

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 271


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

The active rear aerofoil is located in the forward portion of the boot
lid with the manual controls located in the lower portion of the
centre console.
With the ignition in the 'ON' position, allow the vehicle to perform
its self check function. The active rear aerofoil warning lamp sit‐
uated in the speedometer should illuminate for 3 seconds then
extinguish.
Activate the spoiler by pressing button (1) located in the centre
console — The warning lamp should flash continuously in the
speedometer.
To retract the aerofoil blade, press button (2) in the centre console
— The warning lamp should extinguish.

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
The retraction process is in four movements, this provides
permitted unless ade‐
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
quate warning to ensure the closing area is free fromwith
any liability obstruction.
respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
If the system should develop a fault, the warning lamp should
flash continuously in the speedometer.

272 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Refer to Diagnostic system - Guided fault finding/Component re‐


placement.⇒ Rep. Gr. 97

13.27 Affix the vehicle information label


Affix the vehicle information label located in the glovebox to the
space provided in the service handbook.

13.28 Air cleaner element - To remove and fit


General information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wing protection covers -WT10055-
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00

WARNING

Before commencing work on and around the engine, ensure


that it has cooled sufficiently, failure to do so may cause injury
to personnel.

Caution

Suitably blank all disconnected electrical connectors, electrical


connections and pipe work to prevent the ingress of dirt and
moisture.

Removal
– Raise the bonnet.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
–permitted
Fit theunless
Wing protection covers -WT10055- . ⇒ Rep. Gr. 00
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Note

There are two variations of engine covers fitted to the vehicle,


dependant on model.

– Remove the rear/one piece engine cover. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 10

13. Maintenance schedules 273


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Remove the screws -arrows- (3 Nm) securing the air cleaner


housing cover, noting the position of each screw for installation
purposes.

Note

♦ The screws securing the air cleaner housing cover differ in


length.
♦ Note the position of each screw for installation purposes.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– Remove the air cleaner element -arrow-.
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure, noting the fol‐
lowing.
– Thoroughly clean the inside of air cleaner housing unit prior to
installing the air cleaner element.
– Torque tighten the screws.

Caution

Do not overtighten the screws.

13.29 Air suspension - To check


General Information

Note

The image shown is for illustration purposes and the appearance


of car and components may vary dependent on specification.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None

274 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

To check
– Check that there is no air leakage from the air spring dampers
at the air line connections arrowed.

Note

Air leakage may not be audible. A possible symptom of air leak‐


age is excessive operation of the air pump located.

– Check that no pressure points (indentations) are formed on


the protective boots of the front and rear air spring dampers.
– If the protective boots are damaged or split the whole damper
assembly may need to be replaced. Refer to "Front air spring
damper - To remove and fit" ⇒ Rep. Gr. 40 and "Rear air
spring damper - To remove and fit" ⇒ Rep. Gr. 42 .

13.30 Batteries - To check


Visual check

It is essential to check the external condition and the terminals of


the batteries visually before any more complicated tests are per‐
formed.
Performing this test establishes:-
— Whether the battery housing is damaged. Electrolyte (acid) can
leak out if the housing is damaged. Battery electrolyte leakage
can cause severe damage to the vehicle, so treat vehicle parts
which have come into contact with battery electrolyte immediately
with acid neutraliser or soapy water.
— Whether the battery terminals (battery wiring/cable connec‐
tions) are damaged. The necessary contactProtected
on the by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
terminals
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
cannot be guaranteed if the terminals are damaged. When fitting
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
clamps to the terminals, always torque tighten the clamps to the Copyright by Bentley Motors.
torque specified. ⇒ page 1
If the clamps are not correctly seated and tightened, the cable or
wiring could spark or burn, which in turn could lead to malfunc‐
tions in the electrical system. In this case the correct function of
the vehicle systems could be considerably impaired.
Batteries with condition indicator and without cell plugs

13. Maintenance schedules 275


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

You can identify these batteries by the condition indicator (1) and
a cover (2).

Caution

The cover (2) is only used for filling during production. The
cover must not be removed under any circumstances, or the
battery will be damaged. The battery will be rendered unusa‐
ble.

The vehicle incorporates maintenance free batteries. The elec‐


trolyte level of the battery can be checked via the condition
indicator (1).

Checking battery via condition indicator

The battery condition indicator provides information concerning


the electrolyte level in the battery.

Note

♦ Because the condition indicator is located in only one cell, the


display applies only to this cell. An exact determination of the
condition of the battery is only possible through a battery load
test.⇒ Rep. Gr. 27
♦ Before a visual check is performed, tap the condition indicator
lightly and carefully with the handle of a screwdriver.

Note

♦ Especially when a battery is being charged, including during


normal vehicle operation, air bubbles may form below the con‐
dition indicator. These falsify the colour displayed by the con‐
dition indicator.
♦ The air bubbles, which can influence the indicator, will dissi‐
pate.
♦ Reading the coloured display of the condition indicator will
therefore be more accurate.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
The condition indicator can be located
permitted at various
unless positions
authorised onMotors.
by Bentley the Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
battery. any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Two different colour displays are possible:-
1- Black — The electrolyte level in the battery is sufficient and the
battery can be charged.
2- Colourless or yellow — The electrolyte level in the battery is
too low, replace the battery.

276 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

On earlier batteries fitted before mid 2009, a third colour indicator


(Green) was used to indicate sufficient battery charge. This is too
inaccurate and should not be used as a reliable indication. An
exact determination of the condition of the battery is only possible
through a battery load test.⇒ Rep. Gr. 27

13.31 Body underseal and body paintwork


Inspect the underside of the body for corrosion/underseal, dam‐
age etc.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Note

Refer also to the 'Body structure repair & paint manual CD — WT


04000'.

Check the condition of the underbody for any loose or missing


underseal and corrosion. Inspect areas around sealing plugs and

13. Maintenance schedules 277


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

grommets. Loose underseal must be removed and the exposed


body must be checked for corrosion. Any defects found from the
inspection should be reported to the owner prior to any work being
carried out. All corroded areas must then be cleaned to a bright
metal finish. Ensure the panel is thoroughly dry. Apply a coat of
etch primer [Part No. 9502907 & 9502908] to the bare metal. Al‐
low approximately 30 minutes for the primer to dry. Apply a zinc
rich primer in and around repair area. Allow approximately 30 mi‐
nutes for the primer to dry. Mask off the surrounding area to
prevent underseal overspray. Using a body spray gun, apply three
coats of underseal, ensuring corners and crevices are adequately
covered.
Inspect the bodywork for corrosion, stone chips, damage or con‐
tamination
Place the car in a well lit area and visually inspect the upper
bodywork all over, paying special attention to the front of the car
as this is the area most likely to sustain damage.
2 Door

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

2 Door convertible

278 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

4 Door

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 279


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13.32 Bodyshell drains - To check


Doors
There are six drain points on each front door
– Place the car on a ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404

280 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

The drain points are located in the bottom of each door behind
the margin seal -1-.
– With a small plastic or wooden probe, carefully clear each
drain point of any debris.
Boot
There are two drain points in the bottom of the boot lid at the outer
edges.
– Turn on the ignition and deploy the aerofoil blade.
– Pour a small amount of water into the blade recess and ensure
drainage is free on both tubes.
– If drainage is not free, clear with a flexible tool from the lower
end.

Fuel filler bowl drain tube


A drain tube is fitted to the fuel filler bowl and exits behind the RH
rear wheel.
– Open the fuel filler flap.
– Confirm that the drain tube is clear by pouring a small amount
of water into the bowl recess and checking for drainage from
the tube.
– If drainage is not free, it is reccomended that any obstructions
be cleared from the 'drain' end of the tube.
Place the car on a ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
– Use compressed air and apply to the open end of the drain
tube to clear.
– Lower the vehicle to floor level.
– Open the fuel filler flap and clean any 'blown' debris from the
bowl area and inner fuel flap.
– If drainage is still not free, fit a new drain tube.

13.33 Bonnet latch lubrication

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 281


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Note

♦ Only the bonnet latches require lubrication.


♦ Lubrication of the door latches and the luggage compartment
latch is not required.
♦ The latches are located through the apertures of the end plate
(1).

Open and raise the bonnet.


Apply special grease [Part No. N05277800] to the moving parts
of the latches.

282 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Apply special grease [Part No. N05277800] to the secondary re‐


lease catch.

13. Maintenance schedules 283


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.34 Brake fluid - To check

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

The brake system reservoir is situated in the left or right-hand


plenum area of the engine compartment dependent on hand of
drive.
Check the fluid level within the reservoir is up to the maximum
mark shown on the side of the reservoir.
If the fluid is below the maximum mark, refer to Brake system -
General information.⇒ Rep. Gr. 47

13.35 Brake hoses front - To remove and fit

Note

♦ To prevent extensive brake fluid loss, remove and fit brake


hoses one at a time.
♦ Always cap the ends of open pipes to prevent dirt ingress and
fluid loss.

284 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Drive the car onto a ramp and apply the electro-mechanical park‐
ing brake (EPB). refer to Procedure for supporting a vehicle on a
ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
Remove the front road wheels.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44
Installation:
Bleed the brakes.⇒ Rep. Gr. 47

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Disconnect the brake pipe at the brake caliper mounted retaining


bracket. Cap the ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss and dirt
ingress.
Remove the retaining clip and release the brake hose from its
mounting bracket.
Installation:
Torque tighten the brake pipe at the caliper. ⇒ page 9

13. Maintenance schedules 285


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Disconnect the brake pipe at the inner wing mounting bracket.


Cap the ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss and dirt ingress.
Remove the retaining clip and release the brake hose from its
mounting bracket.
Installation:

Note

Fitting is the reversal of the removal procedure noting that the


transportation caps fitted to replacement brake hoses must not
be removed until pipe connections are made.

Torque tighten the brake pipe at the caliper. ⇒ page 9

13.36 Brake hoses rear - To remove and fit


Hose - Rear upright mounting bracket to brake caliper

286 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

♦ To prevent extensive brake fluid loss, remove and fit brake


hoses one at a time.
♦ Always cap the ends of open pipes to prevent dirt ingress and
fluid loss.

Drive the car onto a ramp and apply the electro-mechanical park‐
ing brake (EPB). refer to Procedure for supporting a vehicle on a
ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
Remove the rear road wheels.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44
Installation:
Bleed the brakes.⇒ Rep. Gr. 47

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Disconnect the brake hose at the lower suspension link. cap the
ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss and dirt ingress.
Release the brake hose from its mounting bracket.

13. Maintenance schedules 287


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Installation:

WARNING

When positioning the location lug (A) on the lower suspension


link, ensure that there are no twists or kinks in the hose and
that the hose does not come within 15 mm (0.590 in) of other
components (except the EPB motor housing). The hose should
be fitted at normal ride height. If this is not possible, check the
clearances and routing at normal ride height.

Torque tighten the brake pipe at the mounting bracket.


⇒ page 12

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Disconnect the brake pipe at the rear brake caliper. Plug the open
port to prevent fluid loss and dirt ingress.

288 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Installation:

Note

Fitting is the reversal of the removal procedure noting that the


transportation caps fitted to replacement brake hoses must not
be removed until pipe connections are made.

Torque tighten the brake pipe at the caliper. ⇒ page 12


Hose - Rear sub-frame to lower wishbone

Note

♦ To prevent extensive brake fluid loss, remove and fit brake


hoses one at a time.
♦ Always cap the ends of open pipes to prevent dirt ingress and
fluid loss.

Drive the car onto a ramp and apply the electro-mechanical park‐
ing brake (EPB). refer to Procedure for supporting a vehicle on a
ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
Remove the rear road wheels.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44
Installation:
Bleed the brakes.⇒ Rep. Gr. 47

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 289


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Disconnect the brake hose at the lower wishbone mounting brack‐


et. Cap the ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss and dirt ingress.
Installation:
Torque tighten the brake pipe at the mounting bracket.
⇒ page 12

290 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Disconnect the brake pipe at the rear sub-frame
any liability mounting
with respect brack‐ of information in this document.
to the correctness
et. Cap the ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss andCopyrightdirt ingress.
by Bentley Motors.

Installation:

Note

Fitting is the reversal of the removal procedure noting that the


transportation caps fitted to replacement brake hoses must not
be removed until pipe connections are made.

WARNING

Ensure that no kinks or twist are present in the installed hose.

Torque tighten the brake pipe at the caliper. ⇒ page 12


Hose - Left-hand wheel arch mounting bracket to rear sub-frame

13. Maintenance schedules 291


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

♦ To prevent extensive brake fluid loss, remove and fit brake


hoses one at a time.
♦ Always cap the ends of open pipes to prevent dirt ingress and
fluid loss.

Drive the car onto a ramp and apply the electro-mechanical park‐
ing brake (EPB). refer to Procedure for supporting a vehicle on a
ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
Remove the rear road wheels.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44
Installation:
Bleed the brakes.⇒ Rep. Gr. 47

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Disconnect the brake hose at the left-hand wheel arch mounting
bracket. Cap the ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss dirt in‐
gress.

292 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Installation:
Torque tighten the brake pipe at the mounting bracket.
⇒ page 12

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Disconnect the brake pipe at the rear sub-frame mounting brack‐


et. Cap the ends of the pipes to prevent fluid loss and dirt ingress.
Installation:

Note

Fitting is the reversal of the removal procedure noting that the


transportation caps fitted to replacement brake hoses must not
be removed until pipe connections are made.

WARNING

Ensure that no kinks or twist are present in the installed hose


(s).

13. Maintenance schedules 293


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Torque tighten the brake pipe at the caliper. ⇒ page 12

13.37 Carbon canister - To remove and fit


General information
The evaporative emission canister is located on the underside of
the luggage compartment floor.

WARNING

Prior to starting any work on the fuel system, observe the fol‐
lowing;
♦ Fuel system - Safety precautions.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
♦ Fuel system - Rules for cleanliness.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
♦ Special instructions for fuel system quick connectors.⇒
Rep. Gr. 20

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
WARNING
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Fuel ishighly flammable and extreme Copyrightcare must Motors.
by Bentley be exercised
whenever the system is opened (i.e. pipes or unions discon‐
nected, fuel cap removed) or when the fuel system is drained.
The following basic rules should apply:
♦ Always ensure adequate ventilation.
♦ Disconnect the batteries.
♦ Ensure that adequate fire fighting equipment is available
in the vicinity of the vehicle.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to avoid injuries and
skin contact.

Caution

As any pipes or hoses are disconnected, ALWAYS bung and


seal the ends to stop any debris entering.

294 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

♦ The following procedures regarding fitting and servicing of


"quick connects" must be observed:-
♦ Disconnecting:- Using a cloth or soft brush, wipe the external
surface of the connector and male tube to remove loose dirt
and road salt. Twist the connector about the tube or flush the
joint with a mild penetrating oil such as WD40 or CRC spray
to remove any stubborn contaminants. Using an airline, blow
out any accumulated dirt and road salt from the retainer area
of the connector. Squeeze the side of the connector and si‐
multaneously pull the hose from the pipe fitting. Do not allow
dirt or any foreign matter to contaminate the lines or allow the
lines to drag on the floor.
♦ Connecting:- Using a clean cloth, wipe the tube end. Check
the O-rings in the hose and the sealing surfaces on the pipe
for damage. Apply a coating of clean engine oil over the entire
male tube end surface, up to the bead. Push the "quick con‐
nector" fitting over the tube until the retainer seats, with an
audible click. To ensure that a secure connection has been
made and has locked in position, pull back on the "quick con‐
nector". Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Note

Dispose of any collected oils, fuel or fluids in accordance with


local environmental regulations.⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00
Removal
– Position the vehicle on a ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
– Disconnect the batteries.⇒ Rep. Gr. 27
– Remove the rear diffuser.⇒ Rep. Gr. 66

13. Maintenance schedules 295


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– On the underside of the luggage compartment, prepare the


"quick connect" connections -1- to the evaporative emission
canister.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
– Disconnect the "quick connects" pipes -1-.
– Remove the three fixings -arrows- securing the evaporative
emission canister in position.
– Lower the evaporative emission canister and remove from the
vehicle.
Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure noting the follow‐
ing.
– Check the condition of the O-rings on the "quick connect" ho‐
ses and the condition of the sealing surfaces on all tube ends.
– Apply a thin coating of clean engine oil over the entire male
tube end surfaces, up to the bead.
– Push the "quick connect" fittings over the tubes until the re‐
tainer seats, with an audible click.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
WARNING
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
♦ To ensure that a secure connection has been made and
has locked in position, pull back on the quick connector.
♦ Do NOT rely on the audible click alone to confirm a secure
connection.

Note

♦ The following procedures regarding fitting and servicing of


"quick connects" must be observed:-
♦ Disconnecting:- Using a cloth or soft brush, wipe the external
surface of the connector and male tube to remove loose dirt
and road salt. Twist the connector about the tube or flush the
joint with a mild penetrating oil such as WD40 or CRC spray
to remove any stubborn contaminants. Using an airline, blow
out any accumulated dirt and road salt from the retainer area
of the connector. Squeeze the side of the connector and si‐
multaneously pull the hose from the pipe fitting. Do not allow
dirt or any foreign matter to contaminate the lines or allow the
lines to drag on the floor.
♦ Connecting:- Using a clean cloth, wipe the tube end. Check
the O-rings in the hose and the sealing surfaces on the pipe
for damage. Apply a coating of clean engine oil over the entire
male tube end surface, up to the bead. Push the "quick con‐
nector" fitting over the tube until the retainer seats, with an
audible click. To ensure that a secure connection has been
made and has locked in position, pull back on the "quick con‐
nector".

– Torque tighten all fixings.⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

296 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.38 Carry out a full functional check and


road test the car for satisfactory per‐
formance and condition
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Exterior mirrors
The exterior mirrors are electrically heated/controlled and can be
linked to the drivers seat position memory.
They should be adjusted in conjunction with the seat position
memory.
– 1.Turn the ignition key to the first clockwise position.
– 2.With the switch in the -L- position, operate the switch and
ensure the left-hand mirror adjusts.
– 3.Repeat with the switch in the -R- position and ensure the
right-hand mirror adjusts.
– 4.With the switch in the appropriate passenger side position,
select reverse gear and ensure that the passenger side mirror
dips to enhance vision around the kerb area. Return the gear‐
shiftProtected
selectorbyinto the 'P'
copyright. position
Copying and or
for private ensure the purposes,
commercial mirror returns
in part or in whole, is not
to itspermitted
originalunless
position.
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
– 5.Turn the switch to the rearmost position
Copyright and
by Bentley ensure the mir‐
Motors.
rors fold in towards the doors.
– 6.Return the mirrors to their outward position.
– 7.Turn the switch to the foremost position and ensure the mir‐
ror glass warms as the heating elements begin to work.
– 8.Switch off the ignition.
Interior rear view mirror
The interior rear view mirror is electrochromic which incorporates
an automatic anti-dazzle dimming facility to prevent headlamp
glare.
A forward-facing sensor recognises low ambient light levels and
signals the mirror to begin looking for glare. A rearward-facing
sensor then detects glare from the vehicles travelling behind you,
sending voltage to the mirror's electrochromic gel in proportion to
the amount of glare detected.
The mirror dims in proportion to the glare and then clears when
the glare is no longer detected. The interior mirror's sensors and
electronics control the dimming of both interior and exterior mir‐
rors. With the anti-dazzle dimming facility activated (an LED will
confirm this), the glare of headlamps will appear darker in the
mirror glass.

Note

Before the following procedures, ensure that the interior lights are
turned off.

– 1.Turn the ignition key to the first clockwise position.


– 2.With the switch at the base of the mirror housing, select the
anti-dazzle dimming facility activated (a green LED will confirm
this).

13. Maintenance schedules 297


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– 3.Shine a bright light into the photocell and ensure that the
image darkens.
– 4.With a bright light still applied to the photocell, apply the
footbrake, select reverse gear and ensure that the image does
not darken.
– 5.Return the automatic transmission range switch to the -P-
position and ensure the image once again darkens.
– 6.Switch off the ignition.
– 7.Turn the hazard switch on and ensure the side repeaters are
working in the mirror housings.
– 8.Open each door and ensure the 'puddle' lamps illuminate.
Electrically operated windows
It is necessary for the ignition to be switched on before the win‐
dows can be operated.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
The windows are still operational for 10 minutes after the ignition
is switched off.

Window operation is controlled by self-centralizing switches.


The driver's door has multiple switch controls enabling the driver
to operate all the car windows. A single switch control is mounted
on each passenger's door.
– To lower a window, press the top of the switch.
– To raise a window, press the underside of the switch.
Normally, movement of the window will cease immediately the
switch is released.
This means that it is necessary to hold the switch in its operating
position in order to fully open or fully close a window. However,
when the engine is running, the function of the driver's window
switch is changed as follows.
When the driver's window switch is pressed for less than 0.4 sec‐
onds, the driver's window will operate as described previously.
When the switch is pressed for longer than 0.4 seconds, the driv‐
er's window operation will assume an automatic mode.
The switch can then be released and window movement will con‐
tinue automatically until the window has reached the full extent of
its travel.
When operating in its automatic mode, window movement can be
stopped by tapping the switch in the reverse direction to the win‐
dow travel.
The windows will remain inoperative until the ignition is switched
on again.
Rear windows isolation switch
A driver controlled rear window isolation switch is fitted on the
driver window lift switch.
Depressing this switch with the ignition switched on, isolates the
window control switch on each rear door, allowing the operation
of the rear windows to be carried out by the switches on the driv‐
er's door only.

298 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Front seat controls


Front seat adjustment is electrically operated by the switches lo‐
cated on the outboard valance of the front seats. Dependent on
specification and vehicle type, adjustments include; fore and aft
movement, height, seat inclination, cushion extension, back rest
inclination, back massage, lumbar support, seat belt height and
headrest height.

Note

The back massage function is only available when the ignition is


switched On.

The driver's seat position memory is linked to the electrically op‐


erated door mirrors.
This enables the mirrors to be set to match a driver's personal
seat position and recalled together with the set seat position when
required.
– To recall the stored position, ensure that the gear range se‐
lector lever is in the -P- position and that the ignition switch is
in the first clockwise position.
– Press and hold down the personal allocation memory switch
until the seat has reached its programmed position.
Seat movement can be stopped at any time by releasing the
switch.
Adjustments that are made to a seat position or to the door mirrors
using the control switches independently, will not affect the mem‐
ory.
When activating the driver's seat memory, it will be necessary to
continue to depress the switch after the seat movement has been
completed.
This is to allow the door mirrors to adjust to their relative positions.
Front seat heating and ventilation
The heating of the front seat cushions and seat squabs can be
controlled by the two switches situated on the console between
the seats. Each switch controls the heating to its adjacent seat.
According to vehicle specification, there is additional ventilation
functionality incorporated in the seat heater switches.

Note

Seat heating and ventilation is only available when the ignition is


switched On.

Rear seat heating and ventilation - 4 door cars


For cars manufactured prior to 2014 Model Year, heating of the
rear seat cushions and seat squabs can be controlled by the two
switches situated on the rear console between the seats (4 seater
vehicles), or the rear doors armrests (5 seater vehicles). Each
switch controls the heating to its adjacent seat.
According to vehicle specification, there is additional ventilation
functionality incorporated in the seat heater switches.
From 2014 Model Year cars onwards, the heating and ventilation
functions are controlled via the Touch Screen Remote.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules 299
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

Seat heating and ventilation is only available when the ignition is


switched On

Check all spare fuses


– Examine the spare fuses situated on the fuseboards and re‐
place any that have "blown" or been removed.
– For spare fuse locations refer to the fuseboard identification
plate situated on the inside of the lower facia stowage com‐
partment door.
– Always fit fuses of the correct ampere rating as quoted on the
identification plate.
Check the operation of the air bag warning circuit (if fitted)
When the ignition is first switched on, the electronic components
in the air bag system are monitored and the system undergoes
an automatic self-checking routine.
Should a fault be detected in the system the AIR BAG warning
will appear on the sequential display panel approximately four
seconds after the engine is started.
The system is continually monitored when the engine is running
and any malfunction will cause the AIR BAG warning to be dis‐
played.
Road test the car for satisfactory performance and condition
– Road test the car for satisfactory performance. On completion
of the respective service schedule operation, carefully road
test the car for satisfactory performance.
– If new brake pads have been fitted, the running-in and bedding
procedures should be carried out. When the road test has
been completed, inspect the car fully for any leaks, fouls, etc.,
and rectify as necessary.
– Ensure that all controls, door handles, steering wheel, etc., are
clean and that any dirt which may be attributed to the service
schedule is completely removed.

Caution

When stopping after a sustained period of high speed driving,


it is advisable to let the engine idle for a few seconds before
switching it off. This will allow the turbochargers to cool. Normal
parking manoeuvres will usually provide this time period.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
13.39 Central locking /Anti-theft alarm system - To check
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Remote central door locking system - To check

300 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Locking the car using the remote key

Note

Note only the master remote key will open the luggage compart‐
ment.

The remote central door locking system can be operated from the
remote control key.
Press the lock button on the master remote key :-
— Check the boot and doors lock.
Press the lock button on the limited access remote key :-
— Check the doors lock.
Unlocking the car using the remote key
When the car is locked, press the unlock button on the master
remote key :-
— Check all doors and boot unlock.
Press the lock button on the limited access remote key :-
— Check the doors unlock, and the boot remains locked.
Press the boot unlock button on the master remote key :-
— Check the boot unlocks, the doors remain locked.

Integrated key battery

For integrated key battery replacement — Refer to “Integrated key


battery — To renew”. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 57
Mechanical central door locking system - To check

The centralised door locking system can also be operated from


the door locks.
Locking the car using the key blade
Insert the key into the driver's door lock:-
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
— Check the doors lock permitted
by turning theauthorised
unless masterbykey towards
Bentley Motors.the
Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
front of the car. Hold the key in the rotated
any liability withposition
respect tountil the locksof information in this document.
the correctness
have operated. Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Unlocking the car using the key blade


— Check the doors unlock by turning the master key towards the
rear of the car, and return to a central position.

Note

To remove a key from a lock it must be in a vertical position.

Door locking switches - To check

13. Maintenance schedules 301


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Interior central door locking switches


The interior central door locking switches are fitted inside both
interior door handles.
— Check all doors and the luggage compartment lock, by press‐
ing the top portion of the switch.
— Check when the doors are locked they can be only be opened
by operating the interior door handle once (North American mar‐
ket), or operating interior handle twice (All other market regions).
— Check when the doors are locked they cannot be opened by
operating the exterior door handle.
— Check all doors unlock by pressing the bottom portion of the
switch.

Note

The alarm system cannot be armed by the operation of these


switches.

KESSY system - To check

Keyless Entry (doors)


The full Kessy system allows access to locked doors via Keyless
Entry provided a valid remote key is present.
— Check that when the car is locked, both doors will unlock if the
button on the exterior door handle is touched.
Keyless Entry (luggage compartment)
The full Kessy system allows access to a locked boot via Keyless
Entry provided a valid remote master key is present.
— Check that when the boot is locked, the boot will open if the
Bentley boot badge switch is pressed.
Keyless Exit (doors)
The full Kessy system allows the vehicle to be locked via a Key‐
less Exit function, provided a valid remote key is present.
— To check that Keyless exit is functioning correctly, follow check
list:-
1. Exit the vehicle.
2. Ensure all doors andProtected
boot are by closed
copyright.properly.
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
3. Press the exterior door handle lock button
any liability once.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
4. Check the boot and both doors are locked (without key
present).

Note

— Check that if the exterior door handle lock button is pressed


twice, the anti-theft alarm is still activated.

302 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Keyless Start/Stop
The full Kessy system allows the vehicle to be started or stopped
via a Keyless start/stop function, provided a valid remote key is
present, the footbrake is applied, and the gear selector is in Park,
or Neutral.
Check the following occurs:-
First stage checks
Press the Start/Stop button lightly once — Steering column un‐
locks.
Press the Start/Stop button lightly a second time — Ignition
switches on.
Press the Start/Stop button lightly a third time — Ignition switches
off.
Press and hold the Start/Stop button for at least 1 second —
Steering lock engages.
Second stage checks
Press the Start/Stop button firmly once — Steering column un‐
locks, ignition switches on, Engine starts.
Press the Start/Stop button firmly again — Ignition switches off,
Engine stops.

13.40 Check the brake system


General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Check the brake calipers and dust seals for leaks
– The condition of the brake caliper dust seals -arrowed- should
be checked when the brake pads are removed.
– Inspect the seals for signs of damage, heat hardening, or gen‐
eral deterioration and renew if necessary. Refer to "Brake
caliper seals - To replace". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 47

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 303


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Check the condition of the brake discs


– Inspect the brake discs for wear and irregularities and replace
if necessary. Refer to "Front brake discs - To remove and fit"
and "Rear brake disc - To remove and fit". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 46

Note

♦ If the brake disc thickness falls below the minimum recom‐


mended thickness, the brake discs must be replaced. Refer to
"Brake disc specification" below.
♦ All cast iron brake discs must be exchanged in pairs (i.e. ac‐
cording to axle). Refer to "Front brake discs - To remove and
fit" and "Rear brake disc - To remove and fit".⇒ Rep. Gr. 46

Brake disc specification


Brake position Nominal diame‐ Nominal thick‐ Minimum
ter ness thickness
Front disc 405 mm (15.94 36 mm (1.417 34 mm (1.338
(Cast iron) in) in) in)
Front disc 420 mm (16.53 40 mm (1.574) 39.5 mm
(CSiC ceram‐ in) (1.555 in)
ic)
Rear disc 335 mm 22 mm (0.866 20 mm (0.787
(Cast iron) (13.119 in) in) in)
Rear disc 356 mm (14.02 28 mm (1.102 27.5 mm
(CSiC ceram‐ in) in) (1.083 in)
ic)

13.41 Check the braking system for leaks,


damage and position
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
To check
– Examine the metal braking system pipes for damage and cor‐
rosion, particularly those in exposed positions.
– Examine the rubber hoses for leaks, abrasions, porosity and
brittleness.
– Ensure that brake hoses are not twisted.
– Ensure that the brake hoses do not touch any vehicle compo‐
nents when the steering is at full lock.
– Faulty pipes and hoses must be renewed. Refer to "Braking
system pipework - To remove
Protected by copyright.and fit", "Brake
Copying hoses
for private front - purposes,
or commercial To in part or in whole, is not
remove and fit"permitted
and "Brakeunlesshoses rear
authorised by -Bentley
To remove and fit".
Motors. Bentley ⇒ does not guarantee or accept
Motors
Rep. Gr. 47 any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13.42 Check the condition and operation of all
lamp, switches and horns
Check operation of all interior and exterior lamps
– Check the operation of all interior and exterior lamps.
– If any lamps are not operational check the electrical integrity
and then, if required, replace the bulb.

304 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Check operation of all interior switches


– Check the operation of all interior switches.
– If any switches are not operational or sticking check the elec‐
trical integrity and then, if required, replace the switch.
Check horn operation
– Examine the electrical connections to the horns to ensure they
are in good condition.
– Ensure the horns are clean and the trumpet is free from any
foreign matter.
– Switch on the ignition, press the horn button several times to
ensure the button is making a good contact and that the horns
are functioning correctly each time the button is pressed.

13.43 Check the condition and tread depth of the tyres


Check the condition and the tread depth of the tyres

Raise the wheel(s) off the ground and support the car on blocks.
Prise out any hardened dirt and embedded stones from the tread.
Clean off any obvious oil or grease contamination.
Inspect the sidewall markings for correct specification. Refer to
Recommended tyres.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44

DANGER!

Tyres of the correct specification must be fitted.

Inspect the tyres all over for cuts, bulges, uneven tread wear,
embedded objects etc.
Spin the wheel and check the wheel rim for dents and run out and
that the tyre runs true.Protected
The wheel shouldCopying
by copyright. not run
forout by or
private more than purposes, in part or in whole, is not
commercial
0.5 mm (0,020 in) measured
permittedat theauthorised
unless rim. by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Check the condition of the valve and ensure that the locking
Copyright by Bentleynut
Motors.
is secure and that the dustcap is fitted.
Measure the tyre tread depth. This should as a minimum comply
with the legal requirements of the country where the car is being
used and should never be below the level of the tread wear indi‐
cators.
Examination of wheels

Remove any dirt, oil and grease from hub and rim bearing surfa‐
ces. Clean the rear of the wheel with a suitable cleaning solution.
Inspect the wheel for corrosion and chipped paint and rectify as
necessary.
Examine the centre locating hole on the wheel and the register
on the hub and make sure that they are not scored or burred.
Check the wheel rim for dents and run-out. The wheel should not
run out by more than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) measured at the rim.

13. Maintenance schedules 305


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Inspect the wheel setscrew threads and tapers for wear, replace
if necessary. Clean the threaded holes in the hub.
Check the condition of the valve and examine the tyres for wear
and general condition.
Installation:
Where unidirectional tyres are used this is indicated by arrows on
the tyre side wall. The wheels must be fitted with the arrows on
the tyres pointing in the forward running direction. If for any reason
a tyre has to be fitted with the arrows the wrong way around it is
permissible to use the car at speeds of no more than 80 km/h (50
mph) until the tyre can be changed.
If the wheel is being replaced by the temporary spare wheel it is
permissible to use the car at speeds of no more than 80 km/h (50
mph) until the wheel can be changed.
Fit the wheel setscrews and tighten alternately. Torque tighten.
⇒ page 15
Once the wheel is fitted check the inside rim to ensure that the
stick on balance weights are not fouling the brake caliper.
Check the tyre pressures including the spare and adjust as necessary

Using a suitable pressure gauge check the pressure of the tyres.


⇒ page 17
Open the access panel in the boot floor and check and adjust the
pressure in the spare wheel.
Tyre mobility system

If the car has an integral tyre mobility system, no temporary use


spare wheel will be fitted.
The tyre mobility system is located in a well below the floor of the
boot compartment.
The system consists of two components.
1. A container of sealing compound with a speed limit label.
2. A compressor comprising:
a. Electric cable and connection socket.
b. Connecting hose with built in pressure gauge.
c. Manufacturer's instructions.

Note

The sealant container has a 'best before' date. If the date has
expired or the container has been used, a replacement should be
obtained and fitted immediately.

306
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless13.authorised
Maintenance schedules
by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.44 Check the condition of pipes and hoses


engine to body
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
To check
– Examine the metal pipes for damage and corrosion, particu‐
larly those in exposed positions.
– Examine the rubber hoses for chafing, surface cracking, leaks,
abrasions, porosity and brittleness.
– Faulty pipes and hoses should be renewed.
– When renewing a hose, always ensure that it does not foul
other components and that it is not kinked so as to cause
complete or partial restriction.
– Refer to "Hose and hose clip alignment (General Information)".
⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

13.45 Check the condition of the engine, gear‐


box, suspension mounts for leaks and
damage
General Information

Note

The image shown is for illustration purposes only. The appear‐


ance of the car and components may vary dependent on specifi‐
cation.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None
To check
– Check all mounts, including subframe, suspension lever and
anti-roll bar bushes.
– Visually check the condition of the rubber mounts for signs of
oil contamination, cracks and general deterioration.
– Check mounts for distortion and foul conditions. Under normal
load conditions, all rubber mounts and bushes should not be
twisted or pulled off their centre line.

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ The
permitted engine
unless andbyautomatic
authorised transmission
Bentley Motors. Bentley Motorsmounts
does nothave a kevlar
guarantee or accept
any liability strap
webbing with respect
which to the correctness
controls of information
movement. in this
This strapdocument.
must not
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
be broken or show signs of deterioration.
♦ Replace any rubber mounts or bushes should damage, wear
or deterioration be apparent.

13. Maintenance schedules 307


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.46 Check the condition of the track rod and


front axle ball joints
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
To check
– Examine the rubber seals on the track rod end, upright as‐
sembly upper ball joints.
– Raise the front wheels off the ground and support on blocks.
Check all the ball joints for wear and damage.
– Use a suitable lever to try to move the upright ball joints relative
to the suspension links, and the track rod end ball joint relative
to the track rod arm on the upright.
– Check the link joint boots -1-, -2- and the track rod joint boots
-3- are seated correctly and not damaged.

WARNING

Do not lever between the upright and the rubber boot of the
track rod ball joint -3-.

– Examine the rubber seals -arrowed- on the upright assembly


lower ball joints.
– Raise the front wheels off the ground and support on blocks.
Check the ball joints for wear and damage.
– Use a suitable lever to try to move the upright ball joints relative
to the suspension links, and the track rod end ball joint relative
to the track rod arm on the upright.
– If any of the ball joints are worn or the rubber seals damaged
or in poor condition new ball joints should be fitted. The rubber
seals cannot be changed on their own.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13.47 Check the condition of the tyre pressure


sensor batteries
Connect the vehicle diagnostic equipment (VAS 5052).
Select the “Guided functions” display then:
Select Vehicle Bentley > Continental GT > 2004 (4) > Coupe >
Twin-turbocharged W12, 560PS.
Press “right arrow (next screen)”.
Press “Tyre pressure monitoring (TPM)”.
Select Monitor Inputs.
Select and check each TPM battery in turn.

308 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

♦ The display on the screen will show the actual tyre pressure
in bar and the remaining service life of the battery in months.
♦ Should the service life read less than 12 months, the sensor
must be replaced. Refer to Tyre pressure transmitter - To re‐
move and fit.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44

The remaining sensors can be checked using the same proce‐


dure.

13.48 Check the condition, position and


mounting of the exhaust system
General information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00

WARNING

Before commencing work on and around the exhaust, ensure


that it has cooled sufficiently, failure to do so may cause injury
to personnel.

Inspect the exhaust for damage, loose connections and position.


Refer to "Exhaust pre-load - To set".⇒ Rep. Gr. 26
– Check the exhaust mounts for serviceability.
If any mounts are found to be damaged or split, by
Protected they mustCopying
copyright. be for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
replaced.⇒ Rep. Gr. 26 permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 309


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.49 Check the contents of the tool kit


Access to the tool kit is via the luggage compartment beneath the
lower panel.
Lift the panel and ensure the contents of the tool kit match the
following list:-
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
With spareunless
permitted wheelauthorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability
♦ 2. Spanner (10with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
x 13mm)
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
♦ 3. Towing eye
♦ 4. Screwdriver (2–piece)
♦ 7. Jack
♦ 8. Wheelbolt wrench
♦ 9. Alignment tool
♦ 10. Centre cap puller
♦ 12. Allen key (M4)
♦ 13. Torx key (T15)

310 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Without spare wheel


♦ 2. Spanner (10 x 13mm)
♦ 3. Towing eye
♦ 4. Screwdriver (2–piece)
♦ 10. Centre cap puller
♦ 12. Allen key (M4)
♦ 13. Torx key (T15)
♦ 15. Compressor
♦ 16. Tyre inflator fluid

13.50 Check the learning process of the tyre pressure monitoring (TPM)
Operation

The tyre pressure monitoring (TPM) system continually monitors


the tyre pressure and provides warnings when the system detects
a low tyre pressure condition.
Tyre pressure tolerances are defined in the control module soft‐
ware.
The system learning process relies on the tyre pressures having
being set accurately, see Tyre pressures. ⇒ page 17
Using the infotainment display screen access the TPM, 'new
pressures' then 'confirm'.
Learning commences when the vehicle is first driven above 5 km/
h (3 mph) and typically takes 10 to 15 minutes. During this time
hour glass symbols will be displayed.

Note

♦ During learning, the TPM yellow symbol appears with the


strike out to show that the system is not available.
♦ The control module may extend the learning period under cer‐
tain conditions up to a maximum of 30 minutes.

If learning is unsuccessful, the TPM tell-tale will appear with the


strike out will stay to indicate that the system is not available.
When learning is successful, the hour glass symbols will disap‐
pear and
Protected will be Copying
by copyright. replaced by theortyre
for private pressure
commercial values.
purposes, in partThis
or in infor‐
whole, is not
mationunless
permitted can also be accessed
authorised via the
by Bentley Motors. infotainment
Bentley Motors doesdisplay screen.
not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
13.51 Check the learning process of the tyre pressure monitoring (TPM)
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Operation

13. Maintenance schedules 311


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

The tyre pressure monitoring (TPM) system continually monitors


the tyre pressure and provides warnings when the system detects
a low tyre pressure condition.
Tyre pressure tolerances are defined in the control module soft‐
ware.
The system learning process relies on the tyre pressures having
being set accurately, see Tyre pressures. ⇒ page 17
Using the infotainment display screen access the TPM, 'new
pressures' then 'confirm'.
Learning commences when the vehicle is first driven above 5 km/
h (3 mph) and typically takes 30 seconds. During this time hour
glass symbols will be displayed.

Note

♦ During learning, the TPM yellow symbol appears with the


strike out to show that the system is learning.
♦ The control module may extend the learning period under cer‐
tain conditions up to a maximum of 10 minutes.

If learning is unsuccessful, the TPM tell-tale will appear with the


strike out will stay to indicate that the system is not available.
When learning is successful, the hour glass symbols will disap‐
pear and will be replaced by the learnt tyre pressures for each
axle.

Note

If the tyre pressures are not set correctly, the warning tell tale will
be lit and the yellow warning will be illuminated on the infotain‐
ment screen.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
13.52 Check the steering column operation
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
General Information Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None

312 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Steering column entry/exit function


– The steering column can be manually adjusted in/out and up/
down using the toggle switch -1-.
– To activate the tilt column entry/exit function press the button
-2- in to switch the function on. Press the button again (the
button is released) to switch off.
– When the ignition is switched off, the steering column should
raise to the uppermost position and away from the drivers seat.
When the ignition is switched on, the steering column will re‐
turn to the position it was in prior to the ignition being switched
off.
– If a memory position is selected while the ignition is switched
off and the column entry/exit feature is on then, when the ig‐
nition is switched on, the column will move to the requested
memory position.

Note

If the steering column is adjusted while the ignition is switched off,


the memory position will not be recalled during easy entry/exit,
unless the memory button located on the drivers seat is pressed
again

13.53 Checking the thickness of brake pads


with wheels fitted
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Front disc brake pads
The front wheel brake pad thickness can be checked with the
wheels fitted.
– Rotate the wheel to find the optimum observation point then,
using a torch and inspection mirror, examine the pad thick‐
ness.
– If the pads appear to be worn close to within 2 mm (0.079 in)
of the backing plate, remove the wheels and investigate fur‐
ther. Refer to "Checking the thickness of brake pads with
wheels removed". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 46

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 313


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Rear disc brake pads


The rear wheel brake pad thickness can be checked with the
wheels fitted.
– Rotate the wheel to find the optimum observation point then,
using a torch and inspection mirror, examine the pad thick‐
ness.
– If the pads appear to be worn close to within 2 mm (0.079 in)
of the backing plate, remove the wheels and investigate fur‐
ther. Refer to "Checking the thickness of brake pads with
wheels removed". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 46

13.54 Engine cooling system - To check


General information
Check the condition of the coolant hoses
– Check all coolant hoses for signs of deterioration, cracking,
weak spots, etc. Any faulty hoses should be replaced. When
renewing a hose, always ensure that it does not foul other
components and that it is not kinked so as to cause complete
or partial restriction of the coolant flow.
To check
– Refer to "Hose and hose clip alignment".⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

WARNING

Danger of scalding! Only open the cap on the primary expan‐


sion tank when the engine has cooled down.

Check the coolant level and top-up as necessary.


– Check the cooling system for leaks and rectify as necessary.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
314 13. Maintenance schedules
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Remove the primary expansion tank cap.

Caution

Do not add coolant to the secondary expansion tank.

When the engine is at normal operating temperature, the coolant


level must be up to the MAX mark.
When the engine is cold, the coolant level must be between the
MIN and MAX marks.
Frost protection
The cooling system should contain a 50% mixture of approved
coolant/anti-freeze and water. This mixture not only provides frost
protection down to a temperature of -37°C (-35°F), but it also pre‐
vents corrosion of the cooling passages.
Because of its high boiling point, the coolant improves engine re‐
liability under heavy loads, particularly in countries with tropical
climates.
The coolant concentration must not be reduced by adding water.
If any work is carried out on the engine cooling system, do not
use old coolant.
A refractometer is recommended for determining the current anti-
freeze concentration/density.

13.55 Driver Instrument Panel (DIP) - Warning


lamp symbols
Check that the warning lamps illuminate when the ignition is
switched on. Refer to the Owner Handbook for warning lamp op‐
eration.
If a fault is found, connect the diagnostic computer [VAS 5052]
and follow the Guided fault finding/Component replacement pro‐
cedures.⇒ Rep. Gr. 97
Tachometer
1. Emission control
2. Air bags and belt pre-tensioners
3. Safety belt
4. Electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) - Symbol change at
VIN 50541
5. Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
6. Turn signal
7. Engine management
8. Electronic Protected
park brake
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
17. Anti-lock brakinganysystem (ABS) - North America from VIN
liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
50541, replaces symbol 5 Copyright by Bentley Motors.
20. Electronic park brake - North America from VIN 50541, re‐
places symbol 8

Speedometer
9. Active rear aerofoil - Continental GT
10. Alternator

13. Maintenance schedules 315


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

11. Brake system


12. Auxiliary heating (park heater)
13. Side/position - Daytime running lamps
14. Headlamp main beam
15. Rear fog lamp
16. Turn signal
18. Brake system - North America from VIN 50541, replaces sym‐
bol 11
19. Tire pressure monitoring - North America from VIN 50541,
replaces symbol 12
Continental GT prior to VIN 50541

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Continental GTC and Flying Spur prior to VIN 50541

316 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Continental GT from VIN 50541 to 51364 (end of 2007 Model Year)

Continental GTC from VIN 50541 to 51364 and Flying Spur from VIN 50543 to 51365 (end of 2007 Model
Year)

All cars from 2008 Model Year (VIN 51366)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private13.orMaintenance schedules


commercial purposes, 317
in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.56 Engine drive belt - To check


General information

Note

Images are for illustration purposes only and the appearance of


car and components may vary dependent on specification.

– Check the drive belt -arrow- for any damage, or coolant resi‐
due and replace as necessary.

Caution

Examine the accessory drive belt for the following:


♦ Serviceability
♦ Signs of contamination
♦ Fraying
♦ Damage
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ Contamination with engine coolant
permitted or authorised
unless oil by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
♦ Cracking across the belt width between the ribbed sec‐ by Bentley Motors.
Copyright
tions
If any of the above are found then the belt must be replaced,
as the working life of the accessory drive belt may be reduced
significantly.

The belt tension is not adjustable, but automatically tensioned by


a spring loaded auto tensioner.
– Refer to Maintenance table for belt replacement service
life.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
Note the belt layout.

318 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.57 Engine oil (W12 twin turbo) - To check


General Information
Due to the dipstick position within the sump, a false reading will
be obtained if the vehicle is not on a level surface.

Note

Image is for illustration purposes only and the appearance of the


car may vary dependent on specification.

Typical example only:


If the vehicle is sitting on a 30 mm gradient the engine oil level
reading on the dipstick will be incorrect by approximately 10 mm
on the dipstick, danger of over, or under filling.
1. - Vehicle on level surface, correct engine Protected
oil levelbyreading.
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
2. - Vehicle on 30 mm gradient, incorrect reading. any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Note

Do not try to use this for compensation calculations.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None
Checking engine oil level

Caution

♦ Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface.


♦ Ensure the engine is cold.
♦ Do not allow any engine oil to come into contact with the
engine drive belt. If any oil is spilt onto the drive belt, it
must be replaced.

– Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.


– Place the dipstick back into the tube, ensuring it is fully seated.

13. Maintenance schedules 319


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Remove the dipstick from the tube, confirm that the oil level is
to "Highest full level when cold" -3-.
1. - Highest full level when hot.
2. - Lowest full level when hot
3. - Highest full level when cold.
4. - Lowest full level when cold.
– Top up or drain off as necessary.

Note

When topping up allow 5 minutes for the oil to sink into the sump
before re-checking the level.

13.58 Engine oil and filter (W12 twin turbo) -


To renew
General information

Note

Images are for illustration purposes only and the appearance of


car and components may vary dependent on specification.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00
Single use items
Within this procedure there are single use items which must be
replaced and not reused. Ensure that new replacements are
available prior to starting this procedure.
Removal Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– Position the car on a ramp. Refer to "Raising andwith
any liability supporting
respect to the correctness of information in this document.
the car". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 00 Copyright by Bentley Motors.
– Remove the front diffuser. Refer to "Front undersheets - To
remove and fit".⇒ Rep. Gr. 66
Draining engine oil and replacing oil filter

Caution

Place a drip tray under the engine sump to capture escaping


oil.

320 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Caution

Dispose of any collected engine oil in accordance with local


environmental regulations.

– Remove the sump drain plug (40 Nm) -arrowed- and drain the
engine oil.

– Remove the oil filter bowl (23 Nm) and element using a 32 mm
wrench.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 321


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Remove the oil filter element from the filter bowl

Note

The oil filter clips in to base of the filter bowl.

Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure, noting the fol‐
lowing.

Caution

Place a drip tray under the oil filter bowl to capture escaping
oil.

– Clean the filter bowl, fit the new element and sealing ring, refit
filter bowl.
– Torque tighten filter bowl.
– Fit new drain plug and washer.
– Torque tighten drain plug.

Refilling engine with oil

Caution

♦ Do not allow any engine oil to come into contact with the
engine drive belt. If any oil is spilt onto the drive belt, it
must be replaced.
♦ Ensure the vehicle is on a level surface when checking the
oil level on the dipstick.
♦ Due to the dipstick position within the sump, a false read‐
ing will be obtained if the vehicle is not on a level surface.
♦ Typical example only.
♦ Do not try to use this for compensation calculations.
♦ If the vehicle is sitting on a 30 mm gradient the oil level
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
reading on the dipstick will be incorrect by approximately
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
10 mm on the dipstick, danger
any liability of over
with respect or under
to the filling.
correctness of information in this document.
-1- Vehicle on level surface, correct oil Copyright
level reading.
by Bentley Motors.

-2- Vehicle on 30 mm gradient, incorrect reading.

– Fill the engine with new Synthetic multigrade engine oil -1 litre
- PY112988PA / 4 litres - PY111349PA - engine oil, capacity
approximately 12.5 litres.
– Allow vehicle to stand for two minutes before checking the en‐
gine oil level, top up as necessary.
Checking engine oil level
– Refer to "Engine oil (W12) - To check".⇒ Rep. Gr. 17

322 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.59 Filter (leak detection pump) - To remove


and fit
General information
The leak detection pump is only fitted to North American and
South Korean regions.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Oetiker clip pliers -WT10000-

Torque tightening values


Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00
Single use items
Within this procedure there are single use items which must be
replaced and not reused. Ensure that new replacements are
available prior to starting this procedure.

Caution

Suitably blank all disconnected electrical connectors, electrical


connections and pipe work to prevent the ingress of dirt and
moisture.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Removal permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
– Position the car on a ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet
Copyright 404Motors.
by Bentley
– Remove the rear diffuser panel underneath the luggage com‐
partment area.⇒ Rep. Gr. 66

13. Maintenance schedules 323


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Using Oetiker clip pliers -WT10000- , remove and discard the


oetiker clip -1- and disconnect the hose from the leak detection
pump filter.
– Remove the setscrew -2- securing the leak detection pump
filter to the bracket.
– Remove the leak detection pump filter.
Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure, noting the fol‐
lowing.
– Refer to Hose clips (Oetiker) - To remove and fit (General In‐
formation).⇒ Rep. Gr. 00
– Torque tighten all fixings.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
13.60 Front screening panel - To remove and fit
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

To remove

324 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Place the vehicle on a ramp. Refer to “Raising and supporting the


car”. ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
If the vehicle is fitted with a park heater, remove fasteners (2) from
screening panel (1).

13. Maintenance schedules 325


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Remove the fasteners (1) securing the screening panel to the


bumper moulding.
Remove the fasteners (3) securing the wheelarch liners to the
screening panel.
Remove the rear fasteners (2 & 4) and remove the screening
panel.
To fit

326 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

To fit is the reverse of the removal procedures but note the fol‐
lowing important note:-

WARNING

If the screening panel was secured with screws in position 'A',


these two screws MUST be discarded to avoid a possible clash
with the charge air coolers. The remaining screws are more
than sufficient to retain the screening panel.

13.61 Fuel filler door - To check


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply. ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00
To check
– Switch the ignition off.

13. Maintenance schedules 327


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Operate the drivers door mounted release switch which in turn


electrically operates the solenoid, releasing the fuel filler door.
– If the fuel filler door fails to open, check the vehicles power
supply, switch etc.
– If the fuel filler door still fails to open, remove the right hand
boot inner trim panel to expose the release cable assembly.
⇒ Rep. Gr. 70
– Pull the cable -arrowed- downwards to manually open the fuel
filler flap.

13.62 Fuel filter (Unleaded fuel) - To remove


and fit
General information
The fuel filter is attached to the fuel tank and is located under the
right-hand side inner sill, forward of the rear wheel.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Fuel connection cap (7.89 male) -WT 10250-

♦ Fuel connection cap (7.89 female) -WT 10259-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.

328
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

♦ Fuel connection cap (9.89 male) -WT 10251-

♦ Fuel connection cap (9.89 female) -WT 10260-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WARNING

Prior to starting any work on the fuel system, observe the fol‐
lowing;
Fuel system - Safety precautions.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
Fuel system - Rules for cleanliness.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
Special instructions for fuel system quick connectors.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 20

WARNING

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to avoid injuries and


skin contact.

Caution

Upon disconnection, immediately blank all fuel feed and return


lines with the following tools:
♦ Fuel connection cap (7.89 male) -WT 10250-
♦ Fuel connection cap (7.89 female) -WT 10259-
♦ Fuel connection cap (9.89 male) -WT 10251-
♦ Fuel connection cap (9.89 female) -WT 10260-

13. Maintenance schedules 329


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

Dispose of any collected oils, fuel or fluids in accordance with


local environmental regulations. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

Removal
– Position vehicle on a ramp.⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404 .
– Depressurise fuel system.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
Applicable to Continental GTC vehicles only

– Remove the right hand "Underbody diagonal brace, rear" to


improve access to fuel filter. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 66
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Continuation for all vehicles permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Carefully release the fuel feed, fuel return, purge and vacuum
lines from last couple of underbody retaining clips forward of fuel
filter. This will allow lowering of fuel filter, and improve access to
quick connect fittings.

Note

If any pipe retaining clips are broken, they must be replaced. Clips
are available separately for service, and are removed from studs
by rotating clip anti clockwise. Replacement clips are screwed
clockwise onto stud and pipes carefully pushed back into place.

– Detach lines -1-, -2- and -3- from the clipping points on the
shield -6-.
– Completely remove worm drive clip -7- securing the shield
-6- and fuel filter -5- to fuel tank bracket -4-.

Note

Worm drive clip must be opened fully (ends separated), as clip is


passed through a hole in tank bracket.

330 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Prepare quick connectors -1- & -2- for disconnection.

Note

When disconnecting fuel lines from filter only a small amount of


fuel contained in the vehicle fuel lines will be discharged, not the
contents of the fuel tank, therefore there is no requirement to drain
the fuel tank.

– Position a suitable container beneath the fuel filter to contain


any fuel spillage.
– Withdraw quick connector -1- from filter “to engine” connec‐
tion.
– Withdraw quick connector -2- from filter “feed from tank” con‐
nection.
Manoeuvre shield from filter and pipes.
– Withdraw the fuel filter and drain any residual fuel into an ap‐
proved container.
– DISCARD the fuel filter.

WARNING
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Dispose of fuel filteranyinliability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
accordance with local environmental
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
regulations.

13. Maintenance schedules 331


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure, noting the fol‐
lowing.
– Install the NEW fuel filter with the direction of flow arrow point‐
ing forwards towards the engine.
– Refit quick connectors -1 and 2- to the fuel filter.
– Thoroughly clean the heat shield -3- ensuring no traces of road
salt or debris remain.
– Inspect the heat shield pipe clipping points for damage and
replace the heat shield -3- if necessary.
– Position the heat shield under the fuel filter with the inboard
cutout located around the tank bracket.
– Feed the "open" worm drive clip around the fuel filter and heat
shield, ensuring it passes through hole in the tank bracket.

WARNING

When positioning the fuel filter retaining clip, ensure the worm
drive head is positioned directly under centre of shield (lowest
point), ensuring a minimum 10 mm clearance to purge and
vacuum lines.

Note

Worm drive head orientation may be different on vehicle as sup‐


plied.

Tighten worm drive clip.


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
WARNING
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Ensure the worm drive head is positioned directly under the
centre of the shield (lowest position), central to retained pipes
in shield.

– Ensure all lines are fully clipped into the clipping points on the
shield.
– Run the engine to pressurise the system.
– Check the fuel filter and fuel lines for leaks.

13.63 Fuel system - To check

WARNING

Prior to starting any work on the fuel system, observe the fol‐
lowing;
Fuel system - Safety precautions.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
Fuel system - Rules for cleanliness.⇒ Rep. Gr. 20
Special instructions for fuel system quick connectors.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 20

332 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Examine all the fuel pipes and hoses throughout the system.
– Renew any components that have deteriorated to an unserv‐
iceable condition.

Note

It is important that any hoses, clips, etc., that are removed due to
signs of wear, or accident damage, should be replaced by the
specified service parts. The hoses specified, comply with certain
SAE standards regarding permeability and pressure testing. Al‐
ways ensure that the correct size fuel hose clip is used.

13.64 HVAC system - To reset


The HVAC system can be reset to the following standard settings.
♦ Temperature: 22°C (72°F)
♦ Air distribution: Auto
♦ Air recirculation: Off
♦ Fan speed: Automatic
♦ Centre air outlets: Neutral air blend
To reset
Switch the infotainment system On by either:
Inserting the integrated key into the switchbox or
Pressing the START button once or
Pressing the infotainment system ON/OFF button (1).
Press the A/C button (2) to select the HVAC feature then press
the RESET button (3) to reset to the standard settings.

Note

To ensure correct operation, open all direct air outlets by pulling


the control knobs fully out.

13.65 Induction system


Protected by copyright. Copyingleaks - To
for private checkpurposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
General Informationany liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply. ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00
– Inspect the induction system hoses for serviceability.
– Renew any faulty hoses.
– Check the hose clips for tightness, but do not overtighten.
– When renewing a hose, thoroughly clean the area around the
hose connections prior to removal.

13. Maintenance schedules 333


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– This procedure will prevent the ingress of foreign matter into


the induction system.
– If the connections are to remain disconnected for a period of
time, the open pipe ends should be suitably blanked.
– For installation information refer to "Hose and hose clip align‐
ment". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

13.66 Infotainment system - To check


Check the operation of the Radio, CD changer, TV, Phone, and main station presets

Switch the infotainment display screen on.


Check the basic functionality of the radio. Refer to Audio system
- Introduction/Functionality.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91
Check the basic functionality of the compact disc player. Refer to
Audio system - Introduction/Functionality.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91
Check the basic functionality of the TV. Refer to Audio system -
Introduction/Functionality.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91
Check the basic functionality of the Navigation system. Refer to
Navigation system - Introduction/Functionality.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Check the basic functionality of thepermitted
Telephoneunless system.
authorised Refer to Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
by Bentley
any liabilityRep.
Telephone system- Introduction/Functionality.⇒ with respect
Gr. 91 to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Store the local radio stations to the infotainment system

An automatic station search will be started by pressing the Station


selection button (4)
6 FM. and 6 AM. stations can be stored in the radio.
Each station that can currently be received will be played for a
few seconds before the search continues for the next station. The
search will stop at the station currently being played if the knob is
pressed again.
The knob must be rotated to search for a station manually.

Optional rear seat entertainment system (line fit)

If fitted, check the basic functionality of the rear seat entertain‐


ment system. Refer to Rear seat entertainment (RSE) - Introduc‐
tion.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91

334 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

♦ In the event of a power disruption (for example, disconnection


of the battery) it will be necessary to re-initialise the DVD play‐
er, this will be evident if the screen displays the Bentley logo
and the text 'No signal' when the DVD input is selected.
♦ To re-initialise the DVD player, simultaneously press and hold
the DVD and SET UP buttons.

13.67 Inspect the under bonnet/underside


area of the car for leaks and check the
security of hoses, unions and clamps
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
To check
– The underbonnet and underside area of the car should be
clean and show no evidence of leaks or spills.
– Should fluid leaks be apparent, the source of the leak must be
located, the connection checked and tightened as necessary.
Refer to "Hose and hose clip alignment (General Information)"
and relevant torque tightening figures. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 00
– The area around the leak must be thoroughly cleaned and in‐
spected for further leaks after a road test.

13.68 Integrated key battery - To replace


It should be noted that there are two types of key associated with
the Bentley Continental series. Whilst the early type key (1) was
standard on all pre–2006 model year Bentley
Protected Continental
by copyright. series
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
cars, the later type key (2) can also be utilised
permitted after alignment.
unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
The remote control should operate within a range of approxi‐
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
mately 10 metres depending on environmental and battery con‐
ditions.
The battery should be replaced every 12 months or when:-
♦ A key symbol and the low battery warning message appears
on the drivers information panel.
♦ The pilot lamp on the integrated key does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
♦ The operating range of the remote control reaches an unac‐
ceptable level.

Note

The battery replacement procedures are different from the early


and late type keys, both procedures are shown below.

Early type key

13. Maintenance schedules 335


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Press the fold button (1) to open the key.

With the badge uppermost and the key blade to the right, prise off
the battery cover.
Shake out the battery (3).
Insert a new battery [3 volt CR2032 or equivalent] making sure
that the plus (+) terminal is uppermost.
Fit the battery cover ensuring correct alignment of the seal to pre‐
vent the ingress of dirt and moisture. Press the cover firmly to
make sure that it has locked into position.

WARNING

Dispose of the used battery according to local environmental


legislation.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Late type key any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

336 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

With the Bentley badge uppermost and the swivel ring (1) in the
lowest position, insert the ends of a small pair of long-nosed pliers
(2) into the access points located either side of the swivel ring.
Carefully twist the pliers to prise off the battery cover (3).

Press the rear part of the battery to release.


Insert a new battery [3 volt CR2032 or equivalent] making sure
that the positive (+) terminal is uppermost.
Ensure swivel ring (1) is correctly located over the plastic loop (2).
If the loop is damaged, fit a new loop. It is not necessary to replace
the complete key assembly.
Fit the battery cover ensuring to locate tang (3) into key location
point (4).

Snap shut the battery cover making sure that it has locked into
position to prevent ingress of dirt and moisture.

WARNING

Dispose of the used battery according to local environmental


legislation.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 337


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.69 Interior trim - To inspect


2 Door cars with 4 seats

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Inspect all interior trim panels scratches, scuffs etc. and mark ac‐
cordingly on trim graphic.
2 Door cars with 2 seats

338 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Inspect all interior trim panels scratches, scuffs etc. and mark ac‐
cordingly on trim graphic.
4 Door cars

13. Maintenance schedules 339


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Inspect all interior trim panels scratches, scuffs etc. and mark ac‐
cordingly on trim graphic.

340 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.70 Jack mode - To set

Note

♦ To aid the changing of a road wheel, the car must be set to


'JACK MODE'.
♦ 'JACK MODE' is available at normal ride height and at the
higher +25mm ride height condition.

WARNING

If the vehicle wheel(s) is lifted without being in 'JACK MODE',


the self levelling system will exhaust all the air used to maintain
ride height. Therefore, when the ramp or vehicle jack is low‐
ered, the suspension will collapse and prevent vehicle mobility.

ToProtected
set thebycar to theCopying
copyright. 'JACKforMODE'.
private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules 341
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Switch on the ignition.


Then, simultaneously press and hold down the ride height and
damper setting buttons located on the lower centre console for
five seconds.
The 'JACK MODE' will be displayed in the driver information panel
and the self levelling function will be disabled.
To release the car from 'JACK MODE'.
Switch on the ignition.
Simultaneously press and hold down the ride height and damper
setting buttons located on the lower centre console for five sec‐
onds.
'JACK MODE' will be extinguished in the driver information panel
and the self levelling function will be restored.

Note

If the vehicle is left in the 'JACK MODE', the system will automat‐
ically leave 'JACK MODE' when the vehicle is driven and reaches
10 km/h (6 mile/h).

13.71 Main systems battery - Reconnection af‐


ter receipt

Note

The main system battery negative (earth) lead is disconnected


prior to leaving the factory. This earth lead must be reconnected
during the Pre-delivery inspection (PDI) process.

Remove left hand luggage compartment carpet panel.⇒ Rep. Gr.


70
Remove transport packaging from battery earth lead.
Connect battery earth lead (1) at battery negative terminal. Tor‐
que tighten fixings. ⇒ pageProtected
1 by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13.72 Mirrors - To check


General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None

342 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Torque tightening values


Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply. ⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00
Exterior mirrors
The exterior mirrors are electrically heated/controlled and can be
linked to the drivers seat position memory.
They should be adjusted in conjunction with the seat position
memory.
To check
– 1.Ensure the ignition is switched on.
– 2.With the mirror control switch in the "L" position, operate the
switch and ensure the left-hand mirror adjusts.
– 3.Repeat with the mirror control switch in the "R" position and
ensure the right-hand mirror adjusts.
– 4.With the mirror control switch in the appropriate passenger
position, select R-Reverse gear and ensure that the passen‐
ger side mirror dips to enhance vision around the kerb/wheel
area. Return the gearshift selector into the P-Park position and
ensure the mirror returns to its original position.
– 5.Turn the mirror control switch to the rearmost position and
ensure the mirrors fold in towards the doors.
– 6.Return the mirrors to their outward position.
– 7.Turn the mirror control switch to the foremost position and
ensure the mirror glass warms as the heating elements begin
to work.
– 8.Switch off the ignition.
Interior rear view mirror
The interior rear view mirror is electrochromic which incorporates
an automatic anti-dazzle dimming facility to prevent headlamp
glare.
A forward-facing sensor recognises low ambient light levels and
signals the mirror to begin looking for glare. A rearward facing
sensor then detects glare from the vehicles travelling behind you,
sending voltage to the mirrors electrochromic gel in proportion to
the amount of glare detected.
The mirror dims in proportion to the glare and then clears when
the glare is no longer detected. The interior mirror's sensors and
electronics control the dimming of both interior and exterior mir‐
rors. With the anti-dazzle dimming facility activated (a green LED
will confirm this), the glare of headlamps will appear darker in the
mirror glass.
To check
– 1. Ensure that the interior lights are turned off.
– 2. Ensure the ignition is switched on.
– 3. With the switch at the base of the mirror housing, select the
anti-dazzle dimming facility activated (a green LED will confirm
this).
– 4. Shine a bright light into the photocell
Protected by copyright.and ensure
Copying thatorthe
for private commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
image darkens. permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
– 5. With a bright light still applied to the photocell, applybythe
Copyright Bentley Motors.
footbrake, select reverse gear and ensure that the image does
not darken.

13. Maintenance schedules 343


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– 6. Return the gear selector to the P-Park position and ensure


the image once again darkens.
– 7. Switch off the ignition.
– 8. Turn the hazard switch on and ensure the indicators are
working in the mirror housings.
– 9. Open each door and ensure the 'puddle' lamps illuminate.

13.73 Navigation disc - To load

Note

♦ Before using the Navigation system, select the owner's lan‐


guage preferences.
♦ Insert infotainment set-up CD, special tool [WT10006].
⇒ page 18
♦ Place CD into Navigation control module CD-ROM drive in the
glovebox to set language preferences (factory set to English
and German). Refer to Infotainment display screen - Lan‐
guage CD set-up procedure.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91

When the infotainment system has been set up to the customer's


preferred language preferences.
Ensure an up to date version of the customer's preferred lan‐
guage Navigation CD-ROM is inserted into the system.
Check the Navigation system is functioning correctly, refer to
Navigation system - Functionality.⇒ Rep. Gr. 91

13.74 ParkCopying
Protected by copyright. heater remote
for private batteries
or commercial - To
purposes, in partrenew
or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
The remote control should operate within a range of approxi‐
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
mately 600 metres depending on by
Copyright environmental
Bentley Motors. and battery con‐
ditions. The battery needs replacing every 12 months or when;
The pilot lamp (1) in the remote control doesn't flash when the
buttons are pressed, or
The operating range of the remote control reaches an unaccept‐
able level.

344 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Slide off the rear cover and remove the batteries.


Insert new alkaline batteries [12 volt 3LR50 or equivalent] making
sure that the plus (+) terminal of each battery is in the position
shown.
Slide on the battery cover.

WARNING

Dispose of the used batteries according to local environmental


legislation.

13.75 Passenger air bag cut-off lamp - To


check

Note

The keyswitch warning has a lamp check for 4 seconds at Ignition


on, if air bag is disabled then the lamp will stay ON.

1. Open the glovebox.


2. Fit the ignition key into the passenger air bag disable switch
(1), set the switch to OFF
3. Fit the ignition key into the ignition, Switch the ignition on.
4. Check the passenger frontal air bag disabled warning lamp (2)
in the centre console lights up.
5. Fit the ignition key into the passenger air bag disable switch
(1), set the switch to ON
6. Fit the ignition key into the ignition switch, Switch the ignition
on.
7. Check the passenger
Protected byfrontal airCopying
copyright. bag disabled
for private warning lamp
or commercial (2) in part or in whole, is not
purposes,
in the centre console does
permitted unlessnot light up.
authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
WARNING

The passenger air bag disable switch (1), must be set to ON


during OAC check.

13.76 PDC system - To check


General information
Two PDC system operating logics exist, the latest being intro‐
duced on late 07 Model Year cars. The basic functional check
procedure is slightly different because of the way PDC is activa‐
ted.

13. Maintenance schedules 345


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

This is a basic functional check of the system. If there is an indi‐


vidual fault with a PDC sensor, the fault needs to be interrogated
using the diagnostic computer [VAS 5052]. Refer to Diagnostic
system - Guided functions/Component replacement. ⇒ Rep. Gr.
97

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ None
Functional check prior to VIN 50541
– Switch the ignition on with the gear selector lever in park (P).
The PDC switch located inboard of the steering column should
be illuminated to indicate that the system is active.
– Drive the car forward, ensure the system detects a solid object
at 1.2 metre from the front of the car or 60 cm from the corners
and issues an audible warning through the door speakers. If
the distance between the car and the object remains constant
for approximately 7 seconds, the audible warning should can‐
cel until the distance to the object reduces. Check the audible
warning becomes continuousProtected
at a distance of 30 cm then stops
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
after approximately 7 seconds. permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– Press the PDC switch to deactive the
any system.
liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
– Select reverse gear, PDC should auto activate (switch illumi‐
nated). Reverse the car towards an object and repeat the
forwards test.
– Drive the car above 14 km/h, then slow down and check the
system gives the audible warning when parking the car.

Note

Flashing of the LED in the switch indicates a fault in the system,


interrogate and cancel faults codes using the diagnostic computer
[VAS 5052]. Refer to Diagnostic system - Guided functions/Com‐
ponent replacement. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 97

Functional check from VIN 50541 to 59518


– Switch the ignition on with the gear selector lever in park (P).
The system is switched On and Off in park or a forward gear
using the PDC switch located inboard of the steering column.
Press the switch, the LED in the switch should illuminate to
indicate that the system is active.
– Drive the car forward, ensure the system detects a solid object
at 1.2 metre from the front of the car or 45 cm from the corners
and issues an audible warning through the door speakers. If
the distance between the car and the object remains constant
for approximately 7 seconds, the audible warning should can‐
cel until the distance to the object reduces. Check the audible
warning becomes continuous at a distance of 30 cm then stops
after approximately 7 seconds.
– Press the PDC switch to deactive the system.
– Select reverse gear, PDC should auto activate (switch illumi‐
nated). Reverse the car towards an object and repeat the
forwards test.
– Drive the car above 14 km/h, then slow down and check the
system gives the audible warning when parking the car.

346 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

Flashing of the LED in the switch indicates a fault in the system,


interrogate and cancel faults codes using the diagnostic computer
[VAS 5052]. Refer to Diagnostic system - Guided functions/Com‐
ponent replacement. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 97

13.77 Plenum cover - To remove and fit


Raise the bonnet and remove the wiper arms. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 92
Remove the bonnet seal. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 55
Remove fasteners (1) at the bottom of the windscreen finishers.

Turn fasteners (1) clockwise by hand and remove plenum cover.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 347


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.78 Pollen filters - To remove and fit


The pollen filter assemblies are located on the left and right-hand
side on the underside of the bonnet.
Replacement filters are supplied as assemblies in case the filter
carrier also requires replacement through damage.
When replacing the filters, remove only the filter elements from
the old carriers and inspect the carriers for damage. If replace‐
ment of the carriers is not required, fit just the filter elements from
the new filter assemblies.
If replacement of the filter carriers is required, remove these from
the bonnet and replace with the new filter assemblies.
Open the bonnet.
Open both filter carriers downwards and remove filters.
Installation:
Inspect carriers for damage and replace as appropriate.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
13.79 Power steering hydraulic fluid level - To check Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Oil in cold condition

DANGER!

The power steering system uses a special fluid (RH5000). This


is the only fluid which can be used.

WARNING

The power steering pump must never be run dry or below min‐
imum level. The power steering pump will be permanently
damaged should the engine be run with low or no hydraulic oil
in the system.

Note

Do not start the engine, but bring the front wheels to the straight-
ahead position.

Unscrew the reservoir cap with fitted dipstick (arrow).

348 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Wipe the residual oil of the dipstick with a clean cloth.
Screw the cap on hand tight and unscrew again

Note

The cap must be fully screwed on in order to obtain an accurate


fluid level reading

Check the oil level: The oil level must be in the area of the MIN
mark, or 2 mm above or below marking.

13. Maintenance schedules 349


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

♦ If the fluid level is above the area specified, the excess fluid
must be extracted.
♦ If the oil level is below the MIN area, then the hydraulic system
must be checked for leaks. It is not sufficient to top-up with
hydraulic fluid.
♦ If the hydraulic system is not leaking top-up with hydraulic fluid
(RH5000). ⇒ page 22

Screw theProtected
cap onbyhand
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
tight.
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Oil at operating any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
temperature (above approx. 50°C)
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

350 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WARNING

The power steering pump must never be run dry or below min‐
imum level. The power steering pump will be permanently
damaged should the engine be run with low or no hydraulic oil
in the system.

Note

Do not start the engine, but bring the front wheels to the straight-
ahead position.

Unscrew the reservoir cap with fitted dipstick (arrow).

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Wipe the residual oil of the dipstick with a clean cloth.


Screw the cap on hand tight and unscrew again

13. Maintenance schedules 351


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

The cap must be fully screwed on in order to obtain an accurate


fluid level reading

Check the oil level: The oil level must be between the MIN. and
MAX. markings.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permittedNote
unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
♦ If the fluid level is above the area specified, the excess fluid
must be extracted.
♦ If the oil level is below the MIN area, then the hydraulic system
must be checked for leaks. It is not sufficient to top-up with
hydraulic fluid.
♦ If the hydraulic system is not leaking top-up with hydraulic fluid
(RH5000). ⇒ page 22

352 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.80 Raising and supporting the car


Workshop safety

Caution

The Bentley Continental GT weighs approximately 2.4 tonnes


in total with 90% fuel tank capacity included. All ramps must
be capable of handling this weight and must be maintained in
good condition.
Only a 2-post (wheel free) or 4-post lifting ramp should be used
when carrying out any inspection or workshop activities on this
vehicle. 2-post ramps must have large rubber pads fitted to the
lifting points.
Never lift or support the vehicle on any part of the suspension
or driveline.
Never lift or support the vehicle on any part of the body other
than the four designated points shown below — Therefore, a
trolley type jack can not be used as whilst it can raise the ve‐
hicle, there is nowhere to place the support or axle stand
required for safe working.
The car jack supplied with the tool kit is for emergency use only.
It is not intended to be used as a service jack.
If the wheel(s) are to be removed, slacken the wheel nuts be‐
fore raising the car.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 353


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Prior to placing the vehicle onto a 2-post or 4-post ramp, put the
vehicle into the 'JACK MODE'. Refer to 'Jack mode - To set'. ⇒
Rep. Gr. 43
Raising the car using a two post (wheel free) ramp

Position the car centrally over the ramp. Place the gear range
selector in the 'P' position and apply the electro—mechanical
parking brake.
Adjust the four arms of the ramp making sure the rubber feet fit
under the lifting points. (See above graphic)

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

354 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Ensure the rubber feet are dry and free from grease, Copyright by etc.
oils Bentley Motors.

Raise the car to the desired working height. Obey safety instruc‐
tions relative to operating the ramp.

Note

If the rear axle assembly is to be removed, then lash the vehicle


to the ramp lifting arms with Special Tools T10038. ⇒ page 23

Installation:
After removing the vehicle from the ramp, put the vehicle back
into the normal ride height position. Refer to 'Jack mode - To
set'.⇒ Rep. Gr. 43
Lashing the vehicle

13. Maintenance schedules 355


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Remove bungs (2 and 3), route tensioning strap (1) through and
around lifting arm and secure using the ratchet handle.

Installation:
Replace bungs ensuring underseal is fully intact.
If applicable apply underseal to the affected areas.
Raising the car using a four post ramp

Position the car on the ramp with the wheels central in the ramp
channels and the car centrally placed along the length of the
ramp. Place the gear range selector in the 'P' position, apply the
electro-mechanical parking brake, and chock the rear road
wheels.
Raise the ramp to the desired
Protected workingCopying
by copyright. height.
forObey
private the safety purposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial
instructions relative to operating
permitted unlessthe ramp.by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
authorised
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

356 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

If it is required to raise any of the wheels off the ramp then a 2-


post (wheel free) ramp should be used.

Installation:
After removing the vehicle from the ramp, put the vehicle back
into the normal ride height position. Refer to 'Jack mode - To
set'.⇒ Rep. Gr. 43

13.81 Remove foreign matter from all cooling


matrices
Check all cooling matrices for foreign matter (insects, leaves, etc.)
and, if necessary, reverse flush them as follows:-
– Connect a hose to the mains water supply.

Caution

Ensure that a suitable tap is in the line to regulate the pressure.


Do not use full mains pressure.

– Holding the hose close to the reverse side of the matrix, allow
the water pressure to release the foreign matter from the ma‐
trix.
– Move the hose across the full area of the matrix until all foreign
matter has been removed.

13.82 Ribbed drive belt (W12 twin turbo) - To


remove and fit
General information
The engine cooling fan and tubular cross member configuration
may differ for certain model years, however the remove and fit of
the accessory drive belt remains the same.
Special tools and workshop equipment
Protectedrequired
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
♦ Wing protection covers -WT 10055- .any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Torque tightening values Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply. ⇒ Rep.


Gr. 00
Single use items
Within this procedure there are single use items which must be
replaced and not reused. Ensure that new replacements are
available prior to starting this procedure.

WARNING

Before commencing work on and around the engine, ensure


that it has cooled sufficiently, failure to do so may cause injury
to personnel.

13. Maintenance schedules 357


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Caution

Suitably blank all disconnected electrical connectors, electrical


connections and pipe work to prevent the ingress of dirt and
moisture.

Note

♦ The following procedures regarding fitting and servicing of


"quick connects" must be observed:-
♦ Disconnecting:- Using a cloth or soft brush, wipe the external
surface of the connector and male tube to remove loose dirt
and road salt. Twist the connector about the tube or flush the
joint with a mild penetrating oil such as "WD40" or "CRC" spray
to remove any stubborn contaminants. Using an airline, blow
out any accumulated dirt and road salt from the retainer area
of the connector. Squeeze the side of the connector and si‐
multaneously pull the hose from the pipe fitting. Do not allow
dirt or any foreign matter to contaminate the lines or allow the
lines to drag on the floor.
♦ Connecting:- Using a clean cloth, wipe the tube end. Check
the O-rings in the hose and the sealing surfaces on the pipe
for damage. Apply a coating of clean engine oil over the entire
male tube end surface, up to the bead. Push the "quick con‐
nector"
Protected fitting over
by copyright. thefortube
Copying until
private the retainer
or commercial seats,
purposes, with
in part anwhole, is not
or in
audible
permitted click.
unless To ensure
authorised that
by Bentley a secure
Motors. Bentleyconnection
Motors does not has been or accept
guarantee
made anyand has
liability withlocked
respect in position,
to the pullofback
correctness on the
information "quick
in this con‐
document.
nector". Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Removal
– Position the vehicle on a ramp. ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
– Fit the Wing protection covers -WT 10055- . ⇒ Maintenance ;
Booklet 404
– If the belt is only to be removed for access, then mark the di‐
rection and rotation of the accessory drive belt prior to remov‐
al.
– Remove the bonnet cross member. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 50
– Remove the LH and RH intake air ducts. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 24
– Remove the front undersheet. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 66
– To allow access to the accessory drive belt tensioner, relocate
the oil separator and drain any pipes or hoses that runs across
the front of the engine. To do this you must:

358 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

♦ Disconnect the Bank 1 outboard "quick connect" hose


-arrow-, that secures the Bank 1 upper hose into the LH oil
separator and drain assembly.
♦ Disconnect the Bank 2 outboard "quick connect" hose
-arrow-, that secures the Bank 2 upper hose into the RH oil
separator and drain assembly.
♦ Disconnect the two inboard "quick connect" hoses -1-, that the
secure Bank 1 and 2 upper hose camshaft cover connections.
Do not fully remove these hose assemblies from the vehicle as
they each have a third connection into the sump which does not
require removal. Stow the hoses in a suitable location.
– Disconnect the electrical connector -2- for the forward secon‐
dary air injection pressure sensor.

– To allow access to the accessory drive belt tensioner, relocate


the secondary air injection hose that runs across the front of
the engine. To do this you must:

♦ Disconnect the "quick connect" hose -arrow- from the bank 2


secondary air injection control valve.
♦ Remove the pipe to pipe clips that secure the secondary air
injection hose to the water hoses.
♦ Remove the screw -arrow- securing the secondary air injection
hose P-clip to bank 1 cylinder head.
♦ Move the secondary air injection hose in a suitable location to
the RH of the engine bay.
This step is applicable to the following:
Vehicles up to and including Vehicle identification number 26829

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 359


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– To allow access to the engine oil pressure sensor, remove the


two bolts -arrow-, that secure the differential cooler pipe to the
front end module frame.
This step is applicable to the following:
Vehicles up to and including Vehicle identification number 41092
– Push the automatic transmission cooler pipe -1- upwards to
remove it from the locating dowels.
Continuation for all vehicles

– To allow for access, remove the electrical connector -1- from


the engine oil pressure sensor -2-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

360 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Using the 30 mm ring spanner, turn, then hold the drive belt
tensioner in the direction of the -arrow- to relieve the tension
on the accessory drive belt.

Caution

When releasing the tension on the accessory drive belt it is


recommended to use a shallow offset 30 mm ring spanner.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the thermostat housing
to top hose elbow.

– Remove the accessory drive belt from the water pump pulley,
then "slowly" release the drive belt tensioner and allow it to
return to its relaxed position.
– Remove the accessory drive belt from the vehicle.

Note

When removing the accessory drive belt from the vehicle, it may
be necessary to twist the belt along its length in order to manoeu‐
vre the belt around the engine pulleys and front cross member.

Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure, noting the fol‐
lowing:

Caution

If the original accessory drive belt is to be refitted, examine the


belt for the following:
♦ Serviceability
♦ Signs of contamination
♦ Fraying
♦ Damage
♦ Contamination with engine coolant or oil
♦ Cracking across the belt width between the ribbed sec‐
tions
If any of the above are found then the belt must be replaced,
as the working life of the accessory drive belt may be reduced
significantly.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– Starting from the bottom of with
any liability the respect
engine, fit the
to the accessory
correctness drive in this document.
of information
belt in the orientation shown in the illustration.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
– Fit the belt around all of the pulleys except the water pump
pulley -arrow-.

Note

If difficulty is experienced when fitting the accessory drive belt,


additional personnel may be required to assist with the fitting
process.

13. Maintenance schedules 361


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Using the 30 mm ring spanner, apply pressure to the tensioner


in the direction of the -arrow- and slide the belt over the water
pump pulley.
– Release the pressure on the tensioner and carefully check the
accessory drive belt for correct fitment.
– Torque tighten all remaining fixings.⇒ Rep. Gr. 00

13.83 Seat belts - To check


General information
It is important to check not only the operation of all seat belts but
also the condition of the webbing.
Static check
♦ Fully extend each seat belt and check the webbing for cuts or
signs of fraying and replace where necessary.
♦ Pull out all the seat belt webbing from the reel, then release
the belt but before the belt fully retracts, pull the belt out again
and check that it locks.
♦ Allow the belt to fully retract, the belt can now be pulled out
without locking.
Dynamic check Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Note Copyright by Bentley Motors.

An assistant will be required for the following procedure in order


to test the passenger seat belts.

The seat belts can be checked on a road test as follows:-


♦ Select an open stretch of road
♦ When the road is free from any potential danger, accelerate
the car to 24 km/h (15 MPH)
♦ Brake sharply and ensure the seat belt locks and then subse‐
quently releases
– Repeat on all passenger seat belts.

13.84 Seat belts - To check


General information
It is important to check not only the operation of all seat belts but
also the condition of the webbing.
Static check
♦ Fully extend each seat belt and check the webbing for cuts or
signs of fraying and replace where necessary.
♦ Pull out all of the seat belt webbing from the reel then release
the belt but before the belt fully retracts, pull the belt out sharply
and check that it locks.
♦ Allow the belt to fully retract, the belt can now be pulled out
without locking.

362 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Electrical continuity check


The functionality of the air bag and pre-tensioner system is elec‐
tronically checked for functional continuity.
Each time the ignition system is switched on, the warning lamp in
the display panel and the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF lamp in
the lower console illuminate for approximately six seconds.
If the front passenger air bag is disabled the PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF lamp will remain illuminated. A "beep" will sound for
one second, an air bag symbol and the text PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF will appear in the display panel for approximately ten
seconds. The driver can acknowledge the information by pressing
the button on the steering wheel.
The air bag symbol and message reappear with each ignition cy‐
cle.
The passenger air bag disable / enable switch is located within
the glove box.

WARNING

The system MUST be checked immediately when the warning


lamp either:
♦ Fails to illuminate upon ignition cycle
♦ Fails to extinguish approximately six seconds after the ig‐
nition is switched on
♦ Extinguishes and then illuminates again when the ignition
is switched on
♦ Illuminates intermittently whist the vehicle is being driven
In the event of a malfunction, the warning lamp remains on
continuously and the appropriate message appears in the dis‐
play panel.

Dynamic check

Note

An assistant will be required for the following procedure in order


to test the passenger seat belts.

The seat belts can be check for dynamic functionality on a road


test as follows:
♦ Select an open stretch of road
♦ When the road is free from any potential danger, accelerate
the car to 24 km/h (15 MPH)
♦ Brake sharply and ensure the seat belt locks and then subse‐
quently releases
– Repeat on all passenger seat belts.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
13. Maintenance schedules 363
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.85 Service indicator light / DIP Language -


To reset
The service indicator light / DIP Language is reset via the diag‐
nostic computer [VAS 5052]. ⇒ page 25
Connect the diagnostic computer [VAS 5052] to the vehicle.
Reset service indicator light / DIP Language, refer to Diagnostic
system - Guided functions/Instrument warning panels.⇒ Rep. Gr.
97

Service warning light - To turn off

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
This procedure should be carried out afterpermitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
the service indicator
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
light is reset. Copyright by Bentley Motors.

1. Ensure the ignition is switched off.


2. Hold down the trip button.
3. Switch the ignition on and release the trip button.
4. A message appears in the DIP with the wording SERVICE RE‐
SET .
5. Press the OK button on the steering wheel.
6. The message will now disappear.
7. To check the procedure has worked correctly. Switch the igni‐
tion off, switch the ignition back on again. The service warning
light should have disappeared.

13.86 Service schedule record book


On completion of the service schedule, complete the respective
voucher in the Owner's Service handbook. Remove and retain the
Franchise Holder's/Dealer's record portion of the voucher.

13.87 Shipping/Transport mode - Ride height

364 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

The vehicle is delivered in the 'shipping' mode, 'High' ride height


condition, and must be adjusted to normal ride height using the
diagnostic computer VAS 5052.

Note

'Shipping' mode raises the car 50mm above the normal ride height
condition, to gain maximum clearance to ease the loading/un‐
loading to vehicle transporters and workshop ramps.

Connect the diagnostic computer VAS 5052.


Switch on the ignition.
Select Guided functions, select vehicle type and model year.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
At authorised
permitted unless the 'Select vehicle
by Bentley system
Motors. orMotors
Bentley function'
does screen, select
not guarantee 'Air sus‐
or accept
any liability with
pension'. respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Select 'Shipping level - Air suspension'.
When asked 'Do you want to de-activate the shipping level sta‐
tus?', select 'Yes'.

13. Maintenance schedules 365


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

The levelling system air supply unit should be heard discharging


air at the rear of the car, which will lower the vehicle to the normal
ride height condition.
When complete, the screen on the VAS 5052 will display 'The
shipping level mode was successfully de-activated'.

13.88 Spark plugs (W12 twin turbo) - To re‐


move and fit
General information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wing protection covers -WT 10055-
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00

WARNING

Before commencing work on and around the engine, ensure


that it has cooled sufficiently, failure to do so may cause injury
to personnel.

Caution

Suitably blank all disconnected electrical connectors, electrical


connections and pipe work to prevent the ingress of dirt and
moisture.

Removal
– Disconnect the batteries.⇒ Rep. Gr. 27
– Raise the bonnet.
– Fit the Wing protection covers -WT 10055- . ⇒ Rep. Gr. 00
– Remove the "Engine covers".⇒ Rep. Gr. 10
– Remove the "Assembly air cleaner housings (LH) and (RH)".
– Remove the "Assembly inlet manifold upper section".
– Remove the "Ignition coils".⇒ Rep. Gr. 28

Note

Ensure the area around the spark plugs is free from dirt and deb‐
ris.

– Remove the spark plugs (16 mm or 58" AF spark plug socket).


Installation
Installation is the reverse of removal procedure, noting the fol‐
lowing.
– Check the spark plug part numbers and gaps before fitting us‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
ing the Dimensional data table below. permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– Torque tighten each spark plug. any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

366 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

WARNING

Always fit a complete set of spark plugs of the same specifi‐


cation.

Dimensional data
Description mm in Bentley part No. NGK reference Torque Comment
No. Nm
Spark plug 0,7 0.028 101000063AA PFR6Q 27.5 Fitted as original equip‐
gap ment to cars prior to 2007
MY, must be fitted in car
sets. (CHECK PART
NUMBER BEFORE AD‐
JUSTING GAP)
Spark plug 1,1 0.043 101905600B PZFR6Q-11 27.5 Fitted as original equip‐
gap ment to cars from 2007
MY, must be fitted in car
sets. May be fitted for re‐
placement purposes to
Protected by copyright. Copying for private orcars prior purposes,
commercial to 2007inMY,part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors
(CHECK PART does not guarantee or accept
NUMBER
any liability with respect to the correctness
BEFORE of information in this document.
ADJUSTING
Copyright by GAP)
Bentley Motors.

Spark plug 1,1 0.043 07C905600 PZFR7S11EG 27.5 Fitted as original equip‐
gap ment to "FLEXIBLE FUEL"
cars from 2010 MY, must
be fitted in car sets. NOT
COMPATIBLE WITH PRE
2010 MY UNLEADED
FUEL CARS (CHECK
PART NUMBER BEFORE
ADJUSTING GAP)

13.89 Steering system - To check


General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Check the power steering system for leaks and condition
– Examine the metal steering system pipes for damage and cor‐
rosion, particularly those in exposed positions.
– Examine the hoses for chafing and surface cracking.
– Faulty pipes and hoses should be renewed. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 48
Check the condition of the steering rack flexible gaiters
– Visually check there are no fluid leaks from inside the rubber
bellows or the external pipes.
– Examine the steering rack convoluted seals for cracks or splits
and check the tightness of the seal clips.
– If necessary replace the convoluted seals.
Check the steering system for freedom from play.
– With the front wheels on the ground try to turn the steering
wheel. There should be no detectable free play at the wheel.
– Attempt to rock the upper column up and down and side to
side. There should be no detectable movement. Using the tilt

13. Maintenance schedules 367


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

column switch move the column up and down through its full
range to check for smooth operation.
– Raise the front wheels off the ground and turn the wheel from
lock to lock. The wheel should turn freely with no tight spots,
slackness or unusual noises. Start the engine and repeat the
check. Lower the front wheels.

13.90 Transmission fluid level - To drain, re‐


plenish, renew, check and top-up
General information
This document describes four individual procedures, as follows;
♦ To drain the automatic transmission fluid from the automatic
transmission, refer to 1. Automatic transmission fluid - To drain
(see below).
♦ To replenish the automatic transmission fluid if the automatic
transmission has been drained. To replenish the automatic
transmission fluid following automatic transmission, or auto‐
matic transmission fluid cooling circuit component removal
and refit, refer to 2. Automatic transmission
Protected byfluid - ToCopying
copyright. replenish
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
(see below). permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
♦ To renew the automatic transmission fluid at the scheduled Copyright by Bentley Motors.
service interval, refer to 3. Automatic transmission fluid - To
renew (see below).
♦ To check and top-up the automatic transmission fluid following
fluid replenishment or renewal, or for routine level checks
where the automatic transmission fluid cooling circuit has not
been disturbed, refer to 4. Automatic transmission fluid - To
check and top-up (see below).
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Automatic transmission fluid dispensing pump -WT10225-

368 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

♦ Automatic transmission fluid filler pipe -1924–1-

♦ Vehicle tester

Torque tightening values


Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.
Single use items
Within this procedure there are single use items which must be
replaced and not reused. Ensure that new replacements are
available prior to starting this procedure.

WARNING

Removal and refit of the automatic transmission will result in


loss of fluid from the front and centre differential cooling circuit.
Therefore, procedure "Front and centre differential oil - To re‐
new" ⇒ Rep. Gr. 39 must also be performed at the same time.

– Position the car on a ramp. Refer to "Raising and supporting


the car". ⇒ Maintenance ; Booklet 404
– Shift the automatic transmission to the "P" park position and
apply the electro-mechanical parking brake.
Connect the Vehicle tester and refer to "Diagnostic system - Gui‐
ded functions / Component Replacement". Navigate to Select
Vehicle System or Function , select Transmission /
Transmission Control and finally Check Fluid Level -
Transmission . Monitor automatic transmission fluid temperature
for following procedures.⇒ Rep. Gr. 97

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
13. Maintenance schedules
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
369
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Note

Ensure that the automatic transmission is not in "limp home


mode", ie; automatic transmission locked in 3rd, or 5th drive gear.
Visual indication when automatic transmission in limp home mode
via "all automatic transmission range switch positions illuminated
on DIP display" or automatic transmission faults present, indica‐
ted via the Vehicle tester .

– Ensure that a suitable container is always placed beneath the


relevant orifice when topping-up the automatic transmission
fluid levels.
– Always use new Automatic transmission lubricant oil -JNV
862564A- to top-up the automatic transmission.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

370 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

1. Automatic transmission fluid - To drain


– Remove the engine underbody rear screening panel. Refer to
"Rear screening panel - To remove and fit". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 66
– The drain plug for the automatic transmission fluid -arrowed-
is located towards the front left hand side of the automatic
transmission sump.
– Ensure that a suitable container is placed beneath the sump
drain port.

DANGER!

Wear safety goggles.

– Remove the automatic transmission fluid drain


plug-arrowed- (12 Nm) and drain automatic transmission fluid.

Note

♦ Dispose of any collected automatic transmission fluid in ac‐


cordance with local environmental regulations.
♦ The engine must not be started and vehicle must not be towed
without automatic transmission fluid in automatic transmis‐
sion.

Installation
– Fit a new plug and seal. Torque tighten.
2. Automatic transmission fluid - To replenish
– Perform this procedure if the automatic transmission fluid has
been drained, or following automatic transmission cooling sys‐
tem component removal and refit.
– 1. Obtain the Automatic transmission fluid dispensing pump -
WT10225- and fit the specific Automatic transmission fluid
filler pipe -1924–1- into the valve housing.

Note

♦ The filler pipe is fitted by pushing it into the valve housing


socket, up to the stop, and attempting to withdraw to ensure
the filler pipe is latched into the socket.
♦ The filler pipe is removed by pressing the sprung collar at the
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
end of the socket towards the valve housing, while sliding the
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
filler pipe out of the socket.
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
2. Fill the reservoir of the Automatic transmission fluid dispensing
pump -WT10225- with the correct specification Automatic trans‐
mission lubricant oil -JNV 862564A- .

DANGER!

Wear safety goggles.

13. Maintenance schedules 371


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3. Remove the automatic transmission fluid inspection plug (Metal


80 Nm, Plastic 8 Nm) -arrowed- located on the underside, at the
rear of the automatic transmission sump.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
372 permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
13. Maintenance schedules
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

4. Guide the Automatic transmission fluid filler pipe -1924–1- in


from below, through an opening in the deflector cap -arrowed-,
taking care not to push the deflector cap upwards out of position.

Note

Care should be taken when filling through the inspection hole not
to dislodge the protection cap inside the automatic transmission
fluid sump.

5. Fill with automatic transmission fluid until it overflows from the


inspection hole.

Note

♦ Only approximately 4 to 5 litres can be drained at the automatic


transmission fluid sump drain plug. More automatic transmis‐
sion fluid will be required if the sump and automatic transmis‐
sion control module are removed.
♦ Total capacity from dry, approximately 11.15 litres (19.6 pints,
23.6 US pints), including torque converter and cooler circuit.

6. Shift the automatic transmission selector to the "P" position and


apply the electro-mechanical parking brake.
7. Start engine and turn off after 10 seconds.

Note

Ensure that the exhaust gases are extracted from the workshop.

WARNING

If the engine runs for longer, the automatic transmission fluid


pump will draw air and begin “foaming”.

8. Continue filling with automatic transmission fluid until it over‐


flows from the inspection hole again.
9. Start engine.
10. Continue filling with automatic transmission fluid until it over‐
flows from the inspection hole again.
11. Refit the inspection plug.
12. With engine still at idle, firmly apply the foot brake and shift
the automatic transmission range switch lever through all availa‐
ble positions, leaving selector lever in each position for approxi‐
mately 10 seconds.
13. Shift the automatic transmission range switch to the "N" neu‐
tral position.
14. Increase engine speed to 2000 revolutions per minute for 1
minute. This ensures the torque converter is filled with automatic
transmission fluid.
15. Shift the automatic transmission range switch to the "P" po‐
sition.
16. Remove the inspection plug.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors. 13. Maintenance schedules 373
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

17. Continue filling with automatic transmission fluid, with engine


idling, until it overflows from the inspection hole again. When the
automatic transmission fluid flow reduces to a trickle, refit the au‐
tomatic transmission fluid inspection plug, and torque tighten.
18. Switch off engine.
19. To ensure the automatic transmission fluid cooler circuit is
filled, the automatic transmission fluid temperature needs to ex‐
ceed 85°C (185°F). Connect the Scan tool -VAS5052- and carry
out a brief road test to achieve this temperature. This will allow
the cooler thermostat to open. Nominal opening temperature 80°
C (176°F), thus filling the cooler circuit. Also ensure engagement
of all gears in the automatic transmission.

Caution

Ensure the front and intermediate differentials have been filled


with fluid prior to road testing.⇒ Rep. Gr. 39
The automatic transmission fluid and differential fluids are not
compatible, ensure the correct fluids are used !
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
20. Switch off engine and allow the automatic transmission fluid
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
to cool down below 30°C (86°F), or to ambient air temperature
any liabilityinwith respect to the correctness of information in this document.
hot climates. Copyright by Bentley Motors.

21. Perform procedure 4. Automatic transmission fluid - To check


and top-up.
3. Automatic transmission fluid - To renew
Perform this procedure at the specified service intervals, as fol‐
lows;

Note

In order to ensure sufficient new automatic transmission fluid ex‐


change, it is necessary to drain and fill the automatic transmission
three times

A. Drain the automatic transmission fluid, referring to section 1.


Automatic transmission fluid - To drain, but refit old drain plug.
B. Referring to section 2. Automatic transmission fluid - To re‐
plenish, perform steps 1 to 12.
C. Shift the automatic transmission range switch to the "P" posi‐
tion, and increase engine speed to 1500 revolutions per minute
for 3 minutes. This ensures an exchange of automatic transmis‐
sion fluid within the torque converter and automatic transmission
clutches.
D. Referring to section 2. Automatic transmission fluid - To re‐
plenish, perform steps 15 to 18.
E. Repeat above steps, A to D (drain and replenish).
F. Drain the automatic transmission fluid, referring to section 1.
Automatic transmission fluid - To drain. Fit a new plug and seal
and torque tighten.
G. Referring to section 2. Automatic transmission fluid - To re‐
plenish, perform steps 3 to 21, including procedure 4. Automatic
transmission fluid - To check and top-up, below.

374 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

4. Automatic transmission fluid - To check and top-up


Perform this procedure following automatic transmission fluid re‐
plenishment or renewal, or for routine level checks where the
automatic transmission fluid cooling circuit has not been distur‐
bed.
Ensure the automatic transmission fluid temperature is below 30°
C (86°F), or at ambient air temperature in hot climates, at the start
of the procedure, monitoring the automatic transmission fluid
temperature via the Scan tool -VAS5052- .

Note

♦ The automatic transmission fluid level is correct if a small


amount of fluid comes out of the inspection plug hole when
automatic transmission fluid temperature is between 35°C
(95°F) and 45°C (113°F), or 50°C (122°F) in hot climates (the
fluid level rises due to expansion as it warms up).
♦ The procedure must be aborted if the automatic transmission
fluid temperature exceeds 50°C (122°F) and the automatic
transmission fluid allowed to cool down below 30°C (86°F), or
to ambient air temperature in hot climates, before continuing.

Obtain Automatic transmission fluid dispensing pump -WT10225-


and fit specific Automatic transmission fluid filler pipe -1924–1-
into valve housing.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Note any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
♦ The filler pipe is fitted by pushing it into the valve housing
socket, up to the stop, and attempting to withdraw to ensure
the filler pipe is latched into the socket.
♦ The filler pipe is removed by pressing the sprung collar at the
end of the socket towards the valve housing, while sliding the
filler pipe out of the socket.

Fill the reservoir of the Automatic transmission fluid dispensing


pump -WT10225- with the correct specification Automatic trans‐
mission lubricant oil -JNV 862564A- .
With the automatic transmission fluid temperature below 30°C
(86°F), or at ambient air temperature in hot climates, ensure the
automatic transmission selector lever is in the "P" position and the
electro-mechanical parking brake applied.
Start the engine and run at idle speed (600–700 revolutions per
minute), ensuring that the exhaust gases are extracted from the
workshop.

DANGER!

Wear safety goggles.

13. Maintenance schedules 375


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

When the automatic transmission fluid temperature reaches 35°


C (95°F), remove the automatic transmission fluid inspection plug
-arrowed-, located on the underside, at the rear of the automatic
transmission sump. Drain off any surplus automatic transmission
fluid.
If automatic transmission fluid drips steadily out of the inspection
hole, automatic transmission fluid level is OK.

Note

♦ Only a small amount of automatic transmission fluid should


come out of the inspection hole when the engine is running.
♦ The automatic transmission fluid inspection plug must be re‐
fitted again before the automatic transmission fluid reaches a
temperature of 45°C (113°F), or 50°C (122°F) in hot climates.

Installation:

WARNING

Checking the level is recommended at 40°C (104°F) as it re‐


lates to the average fluid level in the automatic transmission.
Adjustments must be made between 30°C (Maximum fluid lev‐
el) and 50°C (Minimum fluid level) (86°F and 122°F).
DO NOT ALLOW THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID
TEMPERATURE TO EXCEED 50°C (122°F) DURING THIS
PROCEDURE.

– Renew the inspection plug sealing washer. Fit the inspection


plug and torque tighten.
– Switch off engine.

If no automatic transmission fluid drips out of the inspection hole


when the automatic transmission fluid has reached a temperature
of 40°C (104°F);
Guide Automatic transmission fluid filler pipe -1924–1- in from
below through an opening in the deflector cap -arrowed-, taking
care not to push the deflector cap upwards out of position.
Top-up the automatic transmission with automatic transmission
fluid until it overflows from the inspection hole.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
Note any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Care should be taken when filling through the inspection hole not
to dislodge the protection cap inside the automatic transmission
fluid sump.

Note

The automatic transmission fluid inspection plug must be refitted


again before the automatic transmission fluid reaches a temper‐
ature of 45°C (113°F), or 50°C (122°F) in hot climates.

When the automatic transmission fluid flow reduces to a trickle,


refit the automatic transmission fluid inspection plug with a new
sealing washer, and torque tighten.

376 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

13.91 Trip counter - To reset


Press the trip switch on the dashboard to reset the trip counter.

13.92 Tyre pressure transmitter - To remove and fit

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 377


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Remove the wheel.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44


Remove the tyre from the wheel rim.⇒ Rep. Gr. 44
Remove the tyre pressure sensor/transmitter.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

378 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Remove the nut from the metal valve.

Note

Locate the metal valve with a 2 mm (0.078 in) location peg or twist
drill to aid remove and fit.

Installation:
Fit the complete kit of parts supplied.
Torque tighten the metal valve and Torx bolt. ⇒ page 15

13.93 Washer system - To fill


The windscreen wash / headlamp wash reservoir is located be‐
hind the rear section of the right hand wheel arch liner.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not 13. Maintenance schedules 379
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

If there is a low level of fluid in the reservoir, the warning panel


marked REFILL WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID in the driver's
information panel will illuminate whenever the ignition is switched
on.

Note

If there is a low level of fluid in the reservoir, the text REFILL


WINDSCREEN WASHER FLUID will illuminate in the driver's in‐
formation panel for approximately 7 seconds, and then the fol‐
lowing tell-tale will remain illuminated at the side of the driver's
information panel, whenever the ignition is switched on.

Remove washer filler cap.


The combined windscreen and headlamp washer reservoir
should be topped up to the bottom of the filler neck with washer
fluid.
It has a total capacity of 6.5 litres of water.
During winter conditions a solution of 30% isopropyl alcohol and
70% water should be used (or appropriate alternative). This wash‐
er fluid and water mixture will provide frost protection down to a
temperature of approximately –10 degrees C (14 degrees F).

13.94 Windscreen wash/wipe and headlamp


wash - To check
General Information
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ None
Wiper blades - To check
– Lift the wiper arms from the windscreen and inspect the wiper
blades for signs of wear or damage. Renew the wiper blades
if necessary.
– Check the operation of the wipers, if wiper judder occurs check
the following:
♦ 1. The windscreen is clean and free of any foreign substance.
(Under no circumstances should any silicone based cleaner
be used on the windscreen).
♦ 2. The clips that secure the blades to the wiper arms are not
damaged.
♦ 3. The blades are securely fastened to the clips.
♦ 4. There are no visible signs of wear or damage to the blades.
♦ 5. The correct wiper arm and blade are fitted (dependent on
hand of drive). Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

380 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Windscreen washer jets - To check


– Operate the windscreen wash from the steering column multi-
function switch.

Note

Image shown is for illustration purposes only.

– Check both spray fields are at the same height.


– If both spray fields are not at the same height, Adjust each jet
as follows:
– Lift the bonnet.

– Adjust spray direction upwards or downwards by moving the


bar on the jet, until spray fields are the same.

Note

There is no horizontal adjustment.

– Check functionality of wash/wipe system.


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Headlamppermitted
washerunless
jets authorised
- To checkby Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– Switch exterior
anylights
liability on.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.
– Operate the headlamp wash from the steering column multi-
function switch.
– Check both headlamp spray fields are functioning correctly.
– Check washer hoses are connected, not kinked, and are free
of debris.
– Insert a pin into the nozzles to ensure they are not blocked.
– If the washer jets are still not functioning correctly renew the
relevant washer jet.

13.95 Windscreen wiper blades - Set service


position

WARNING

To remove wiper blades only, the wiper arms must be set to


the service position. ⇒ Rep. Gr. 92
If the wiper arms are to be removed with blades attached, the
blades must be set in park position.

13. Maintenance schedules 381


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Switch the ignition On.


Switch the Infotainment display screen On using the 'ON/OFF'
button.
Press the 'SET UP' button.
Using the buttons next to the screen select, 'Other Functions',
then 'Maintain. & Service'.
Select 'Wiper Change', the wiper arms will move to the service
position. Press 'Wiper Change' again to move the wipers back to
the park position.

WARNING

Cars prior to VIN 60248


When the feature is selected, the wiper arms will move to the
park position if the ignition is switched OFF, then move back
to the service position when the ignition is switched ON again.
Cars from VIN 60248
The wiper arms will remain in the service position until the fea‐
ture is deselected by pressing the 'Maintain. & Service' button
again, they will not move if the ignition is switched OFF.

13.96 Wiper blades - To remove and fit

WARNING

To remove wiper blades only, the wiper arms must be set to


the service position (position 2). ⇒ Rep. Gr. 92
If the wiper arms are to be removed with blades attached, the
blades must be set in park position. (position 0).

Note

Only grasp wiper blade in area of mounting to wiper arm. This


prevents unintended bending of the wiper armbyand
Protected wiper
copyright. blade.
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Set wiper blade service position.⇒ Rep. Gr. 92 Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Slide cover (1) on arm upwards.

382 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Separate wiper blade from wiper arm.


Installation:
Installation is a reversal of the removal procedure.
Check functionality of wiper system.

13.97 Wireless pressure reader (WiPR) -


WT10327
General Information
The Wireless pressure reader (WiPR) is a device that enables the
user to test wheel sensors and gather diagnostic information.
The Wireless pressure reader consists of two parts
1- Wireless pressure reader unit
2- Retractable mini USB cable
The retractable mini USB cable -2- is intended for charging pur‐
poses. Please refer to section "Battery Status and Charging"
within this document.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


♦ Wireless pressure reader (WiPR) -WT10327-
Torque tightening values
Unless otherwise shown, standard torque values apply.⇒ Rep.
Gr. 00

13. Maintenance schedules 383


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

Operation
– To turn the device on / off press and hold buttons -1 and 2-
together.

Note

If no buttons are pressed once the device is turned on it will au‐


tomatically power off after two minutes.

– To operate the device and scroll through the menu system use
buttons -1 and 2-.
– Button -1- selects the option displayed in the bottom left hand
corner of the screen.
– Button -2- selects the option displayed in the bottom right hand
corner of the screen.

– Whilst powering up, the device will display the battery status
in the bottom right hand corner -arrow-.

Note

♦ If the battery status is very low refer to section "Battery Status


and Charging" within this document.
♦ This screen displays the frequency the
Protected by device
copyright.is currently
Copying set or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
for private
to in MHz. Check the frequencypermitted
of the tyre pressure
unless authorisedmonitoring
by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
system fitted to the vehicle before proceeding. Refer
any liability with totothe
respect the correctness of information in this document.
"Settings" section within this procedure should it require Copyright by Bentley Motors.
changing.

– Once the device is powered up, hold it within 20 centimetres


of the tyre valve and press the ● button to select TRIGG to
trigger the sensor.

– As the sensor is triggered it will display the following screen.

384 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Once the sensor has been triggered it will transmit data, and
the tyre pressure screen will be displayed showing the meas‐
ured pressure in bar / psi -1-. The sensor serial number will
also be displayed at the bottom of the screen -2-.

– Press the ▼ button to select MORE to scroll to the next screen


to display the current tyre temperature measured in Celsius (°
C) / Fahrenheit (°F) -arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 385


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– Press the ▼ button to select MORE to scroll to the next screen


to display the following:
1- Sensor serial number
2- Tyre pressure measured in bar / psi
3- Temperature measured in Celsius (°C) / Fahrenheit (°F)
4- Remaining Battery Life (RBL) in months
5- Sensor mode
6- Sensor generation

Note

♦ The remaining battery life (RBL) is displayed in months.


♦ Should the service life read less than 12 months the sensor
must be replaced. Depending on vehicle, refer to "Tyre pres‐
sure transmitter - To remove and fit" or "Tyre pressure moni‐
toring transmitter - To remove and fit". ⇒ Rep. Gr. 44

Settings Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
– The settings of the deviceanycan be accessed
liability and
with respect to the changed
correctness by
of information in this document.
pressing and holding the ▼ button for 2 seconds, Copyright this will give
by Bentley Motors.
you the following options.
1 MODE
– The Mode settings page allows the frequency or operating
mode to be changed.

Note

Ensure the correct frequency is selected before triggering or lis‐


tening for a wheel sensor.

– Press the ▼ button to select either frequency or operating


mode.

– With the frequency highlighted -arrow-, press the ● button to


select TOGGLE . This will allow the frequency to be changed
between 433 MHz and 315 MHz.

386 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

– With the operating mode highlighted -arrow-, press the ● but‐


ton to select TOGGLE . This will allow the operating mode to be
changed between LIVE and TRIGGERED.

Note

♦ When the LIVE option is selected, the device will receive


datagram’s from all wheel sensors transmitting within the re‐
ceive range.
♦ When the TRIGGERED option is selected; the device will only
receive datagram’s triggered after the TRIGG button has been
pressed.

Note

Press and hold down the ● button to return to the operation


screens at any time.

2 UNITS
– Press and hold down the ▼ button for 2 seconds to access the
UNITS page.
– Press the ▼ button to select either temperature or pressure.
– With the pressure highlighted -arrow-, press the ● button to
select TOGGLE . This will allow the pressure to be changed be‐
tween bar / psi.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

– With the temperature highlighted -arrow-, press the ● button


to select TOGGLE . This will allow the temperature to be
changed between Celsius (°C) / Fahrenheit (°F).

Note

Press and hold down the ● button to return to the operation


screens at any time.

13. Maintenance schedules 387


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

3 AUDIO
– Press and hold down the ▼ button for 2 seconds to access the
AUDIO page.
– With the audio on / off highlighted -arrow-, press the ● button
to select TOGGLE . This will allow the LF transmission and RF
reception audible indicators to be changed between on and
off.

Note

Press and hold down the ● button to return to the operation


screens at any time.

Battery Status and Charging


Should the battery voltage fall below a pre-defined warning limit
the device will display a warning message accompanied by an
audible warning.
If the battery voltage falls below a pre-defined critical level the
device will display a warning message accompanied by an audi‐
ble warning, then the device will power off.
– To charge the Wireless pressure reader, connect the mini USB
lead -2- to the device -1- and a suitable power supply e.g.
Phone charger. Typical charge time is 2-3 hours.

Note

The device cannot be used while charging. If powered up whilst


charging, the charging message will be displayed and the unit will
automatically power off.

Error Messages
Below are examples of error messages that may be displayed on
the device.
If a sensor is not triggered the unit shall indicate that no sensor
data has been received -arrow-.

Sensor errors are defined as either:

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

388 13. Maintenance schedules


Continental GT Srs 51 2004 ➤
Maintenance - Edition 10.2015

♦ Hardware errors -arrow-


♦ Measurement errors -arrow-
♦ Remaining battery life of sensor is low -arrow-
Precautions

Caution

♦ Do not drop.
♦ Avoid storage in extremes of temperature.
♦ This device is not waterproof, do not immerse in water.

WARNING

Do not operate near a heart pacemaker.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by Bentley Motors. Bentley Motors does not guarantee or accept
any liability with respect to the correctness of information in this document.
Copyright by Bentley Motors.

13. Maintenance schedules 389

You might also like